PEM Catalog
Topics covered
PEM Catalog
Topics covered
CATALOG
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® brand fasteners utilize self-clinching,
broaching, flaring, surface mount, bonding
or weld technology to provide strong,
reusable, and permanent threads and
mounting points in thin sheet metal, P.C.
board or other rigid materials.
INDEX
QUICK PRODUCT
LOCATOR
PEM® FASTENER IDENTIFICATION MARKS
To help you identify genuine PEM® brand fasteners, most are marked by one of our trademarks or identifiers. Genuine PEM fasteners can only be
purchased from one of our authorized worldwide distributors. For a complete listing of these distributors, check our web site: www.pemnet.com.
Trademark PEM®
Trademark PEM® “Two Groove”
“Single Groove” B, BS, BSO, BSON, BSOS, CSOS, CSS,
A4, BSO4, LA4, MSO4, PFC4, DSO, DSOS, HSR, KF2, KFB3, KFE, KFS2,
SO4, SP (Select sizes), and KFSE, PF7M, PF7MF, SMTSO, SMTSOB,
TSO4 fasteners SMTPFLSM, SO, SOA, SOAG, SON, SOS,
SOSG, TSO, TSOA, and TSOS fasteners
Trademark PEM
Trademark ATLAS® AE Stamp VM® Stamp
MaxTite® and Plus+Tite® products (Both Sides)
VariMount™ Base Plates
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 4
SC Self-clinching fasteners are pressed into sheet FM Flare Mounted fasteners can be installed into
metal panels as this as .016” / 0.4 mm. almost any rigid type of panel.
B Broaching fasteners are pressed into W Weld nuts are designed specially to be
P.C. board or other plastic materials welded into place.
as thin as .060” / 1.53 mm.
SM Surface Mounted fasteners on tape and reel (Products are listed alphabetically by type. Refer
are soldered to a PC board in the same way to matching color square for mounting style)
as other surface mount components.
BSO, BSO4, BSOA, BSOS Bulletin SO FH, FH4, FHA, FHP, FHS Bulletin FH
Blind threaded standoffs installed with their heads flush with Flush-head studs with high pushout and torque-out
one surface of the mounting sheets. resistances.
SC SC
SC SC
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 5
HFH, HFHB, HFHS Bulletin FH MSOFS Bulletin MPF
Studs for high-strength applications with high pull through microPEM® flaring standoffs attached permanently in panels
resistance. as thin as .008” / 0.2 mm of any hardness including stainless
SC steel. FM
6 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PF7MF Bulletin PF SCB Bulletin PF
Small, compact, and low-profile flaring captive panel screws The spinning clinch bolt with axial float installs captive in
designed for limited access areas. panel and still spins freely.
FM SC
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 7
SMTPFLSM Bulletin K TDO Bulletin TD
Surface mount spring-loaded captive panel screws. TY-D® self-clinching hooks enable users to easily attach,
remove, and return tie-bundled wires to their mounting
SM points. SC
8 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING FASTENER INSTALLATION DOS AND DON’TS
“Dos”
Do make certain that shank (or pilot) is within hole before applying installation force.
Do apply sufficient force to totally embed clinching ring around entire circumference and to bring shoulder squarely in contact with
sheet. For some fasteners, installation will be complete when the head is flush with the panel surface.
“Don’ts”
Don’t attempt to install a 300 series stainless steel fastener into a stainless steel sheet.
Don’t install steel or stainless steel fasteners in aluminum panels before anodizing or finishing.
Don’t deburr mounting holes on either side of sheet before installing fasteners – deburring will remove metal required for clinching
fastener into sheet.
Don’t install fastener closer to edge of sheet than minimum edge distance indicated by manufacturer – unless a special fixture is used
to restrict bulging of sheet edge.
Don’t over-squeeze. It will crush the head, distort threads, and buckle the sheet. Approximate installation forces are listed in performance
data tables. Use this info as a guide. Be certain to determine optimum installation force by test prior to production runs.
Don’t attempt to insert fastener with a hammer blow – under any circumstances. A hammer blow won’t permit the sheet metal to flow
and develop an interlock with the fastener’s contour.
Don’t install screw in the head side of fastener. Install from opposite side so that the fastener load is toward sheet. The clinching force is
designed only to hold the fastener during handling and to resist torque during assembly.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 9
HOW CAN WE HELP?
PennEngineering offers a wide range of technical support assistance. Let us put our expertise to work for you. We can provide:
Training
▶ On customer site group or individual training by a technical representative and/or PEM® factory personnel
▶ Tutorial materials on website
Technical Lab Services - Complete testing in accordance with NASM 25027, 45938 and ASTM as well as PEM® fastener test specs and customer parameters.
▶ Mechanical testing ▶ Tensile strength
▶ Compression ▶ In sheet performance
▶ Micro hardness (Knoop, Rockwell and superficial) ▶ Thermal Cycling
▶ Image analysis ▶ Corrosion and plating issues and analysis
Prototype Development Center - Shop equipped with latest CNC equipment to provide prototype or short run samples and necessary installation tooling.
Capabilities include:
▶ Turning ▶ Milling ▶ Drilling ▶ 3D Printing ▶ Installation
▶ Reaming ▶ Punching ▶ Grinding ▶ Assembly
Installation Equipment
We can assess your application and recommend equipment that helps you achieve your lowest
installed cost. PEMSERTER® and Haeger® systems can be developed to handle multiple fastener types
simultaneously or even in-die equipment to address challenging component handling and fastener
installation. For more information call us at 800-523-5321 (USA only) or 215-766-8853 or visit us at
www.pemnet.com.
10 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® floating self-clinching fasteners
are available with or without locking
threads.
ALA™
FLOATING
SELF-CLINCHING
FASTENERS
FLOATING SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
(1) To meet national aerospace standards and to obtain testing documentation, product must be ordered to US NASM45938/11 specifications. Check
our web site for a complete Military Specification and National Aerospace Standards Reference Guide (Bulletin NASM). Screws for use with PEM
self-clinching locking fasteners should be Class 3A/4h fit or no smaller than Class 2A/6g.
NON-LOCKING
AS, AC, A4 Nuts
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
A C – 440 – 1
A S – 440 – 1 ZI PEM® Double Squares
A 4 – 440 – 1 (Registered Trademark)
Threads Extend into LA C – 440 – 1 MD
Retainer Shank PEM® Single groove
No Protrusion LA S – 440 – 1 MD
Positive (Registered Trademark)
Stop LA 4 – 440 – 1 MD Identifies product for
installation into stainless
steel sheets (A4 and LA4)
Type Retainer Thread Shank Finish
Material Size Code Code
Code Code
SELF-LOCKING
LAS, LAC, LA4 Nuts
(1) All LAC, LAS and LA4 locknuts have axial strength exceeding the minimum tensile strength of 180 ksi/Property Class 12.9 screws. Contact techsupport
regarding assemble strength for higher strength screws.
(2) Tightening torque shown will induce preload of 65% of locknut minimum axial strength with K or nut factor is equal to 0.20. In some applications
tightening torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value. All tightening torques shown are based on 180 ksi/ Property Class 12.9 screws.
For lower strength screws the tightening torque is proportionately less. For example, for 120 ksi screws, torque is 67% value shown. For 900 MPa screws
(Property Class 9.8) torque value is 74% of value shown.
12 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FLOATING SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
NON-LOCKING SELF-LOCKING
AS/AC/A4 PEM® Double Squares LAS/LAC/LA4
registered trademark. Threaded Top
E T1 A Elliptically E T2 A
Formed
D C D C
AS AC A4 LAS LAC LA4 632 .328 .327 .335 .390 .130 .200 .32
(#6-32) 2 (1) .054 .054
.164-32 1 .038 .038
AS AC A4 LAS LAC LA4 832 .368 .367 .365 .440 .130 .210 .34
(#8-32) 2 (1) .054 .054
.190-24 1 .038 .038
AS AC A4 LAS LAC LA4 024 .406 .405 .405 .470 .170 .270 .36
(#10-24) 2 (1) .054 .054
.190-32 1 .038 .038
AS AC A4 LAS LAC LA4 032 .406 .405 .405 .470 .170 .270 .36
(#10-32) 2 (1) .054 .054
.250-20
AS AC – LAS LAC – 0420 2 .054 .054 .515 .514 .510 .600 .210 .310 .42
(1/4-20)
.250-28
AS AC – LAS LAC – 0428 2 .054 .054 .515 .514 .510 .600 .210 .310 .42
(1/4-28)
1 0.97 0.97
M3 x 0.5 AS AC A4 LAS LAC LA4 M3 7.37 7.35 7.37 9.14 3.31 4.83 7.62
2 (1) 1.38 1.38
1 0.97 0.97
M4 x 0.7 AS AC A4 LAS LAC LA4 M4 9.35 9.33 9.28 11.18 3.31 5.34 8.64
2 (1) 1.38 1.38
1 0.97 0.97
M5 x 0.8 AS AC A4 LAS LAC LA4 M5 10.31 10.29 10.29 11.94 4.32 6.86 9.14
2 (1) 1.38 1.38
M6 x 1 AS AC – LAS LAC – M6 2 1.38 1.38 13.08 13.06 12.96 15.24 5.34 7.88 10.67
(1) This shank code is not available for A4 and LA4 nuts.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 13
FLOATING SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
INSTALLATION
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary PUNCH A
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into the anvil hole and place the mounting hole (preferably the
punch side) over the shank of the fastener.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply sufficient squeezing B
force until anvil contacts the mounting sheet. Drawing shows suggested
tooling for applying these forces.
ANVIL
D*
* For “D” and “E”,
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling - AC/AS/LAC/LAS/A4/LA4 NUTS +.002 /+0.05 mm
+.005”/+0.13 mm see page 13.
Counterbore Hole Depth Below Counterbore E*
+.004” –.000” / +0.1 mm
Thread A B Anvil Part Punch
Code ±.001 ±0.03 ±.005 ±0.13 Number Part
440/M3 .054 1.37 .258 6.55 8013889 975200048 INSTALLATION NOTES
632 .054 1.37 .258 6.55 8013890 975200048 • For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER®
machine for installation of PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please
832/M4 .054 1.37 .258 6.55 8013891 975200048
check our website for more information.
032/M5 .071 1.8 .241 6.12 8013892 975200048 • Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation
0420/M6 .092 2.34 .220 5.59 8021392 8012030 process for select products.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)(2)
AC/AS/LAC/LAS NUTS A4/LA4 (3) NUTS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel 300 Series Stainless Steel
Thread Shank Thread
Retainer Retainer Retainer Retainer Retainer Retainer
Code Code Installation Installation Code Installation
UNIFIED
Pushout Torque-out Pushout Torque-out Pushout Torque-out
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
(lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.)
1 1500 215 65 85
UNIFIED
Installation
Pushout Torque-out
(kN)
Test Sheet Material (N) (N•m)
5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel M3 40 890 9.6
Thread Shank
Retainer Retainer Retainer Retainer M4 53 890 9.6
Code Code Installation Installation
Pushout Torque-out Pushout Torque-out
(kN) (kN) M5 57 1100 14.1
(N) (N•m) (N) (N•m)
METRIC
1 6.7 956 7.3 13.3 1334 9.6 (3) Specifically designed for installation into
M3
2 8.9 1000 9 13.3 1334 16.9 stainless steel.
1 8.9 1112 15.8 13.3 1334 16.9
M4
2 8.9 1178 16.9 13.3 1779 22.6
1 8.9 1334 16.9 15.6 1779 16.9
M5
2 8.9 1556 19.7 15.6 2001 22.6
M6 2 13.3 1779 36.7 22.2 2224 36.7
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing proper
seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation parameters
and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance. Performance
testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) For LAC, LAS and LA4 nuts, thread locking performance is equivalent to applicable NASM25027 specifications. Consult document PEM-REF25027 for details.
14 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® self-clinching blind fasteners
are used in applications requiring
closed thread ends.
B™
SELF-CLINCHING
BLIND FASTENERS
SELF-CLINCHING BLIND FASTENERS
PEM® blind fasteners employ the proven PEM® self-clinching design and are easily installed
into properly sized holes. Shanks of PEM® fasteners act as their own pilots. PEM® blind
fasteners can be installed with any standard press applying squeezing forces between
parallel surfaces.
PEM® self-clinching blind fasteners are available in thread sizes from #4-40 through 1/4-20 /
M3 through M6 in carbon or stainless steel.
16 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
© 2018 PennEngineering.
SELF-CLINCHING BLIND FASTENERS
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.97 1
M4 x 0.7 B BS M4 5.41 5.2 5.38 7.95 7.1 9.8 11.2 6.9
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.97 1
M5 x 0.8 B BS M5 6.35 6.02 6.33 8.75 7.1 9.8 11.2 7.1
2 1.38 1.4
1 1.38 1.4
M6 x 1 B BS M6 8.75 7.8 8.73 11.1 7.8 12.7 14.3 8.6
2 2.21 2.29
(1) PEM® B™ nuts are available on special order with a free-running locking thread feature allowing mating screw to turn freely until clamp load is
applied. For more information, contact PEM® Technical Support.
B • • • •
BS • • • •
(1) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
(2) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 17
SELF-CLINCHING BLIND FASTENERS
INSTALLATION
PUNCH
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in the sheet. Do not
perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place the barrel of the fastener into the anvil hole and place
the mounting hole (preferably the punch side) over the shank
of the fastener. Chamfer on anvil
.010” +.005 -.000 /
0.25 mm +0.13 L*
3. With the installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply x 45˚ Nom.
+.06” / 1.5 mm
squeezing force until the flange contacts the mounting MIN.
sheet. The sketch at the right indicates suggested tooling for
applying these forces. ANVIL
Anvil Punch B*
Thread + .006” / 0.15 mm
Type Part Part
Code
Number Number + .003” / 0.08 mm
B/BS 440/M3 975200001 975200048
B/BS 632 975200002 975200048
INSTALLATION NOTES
B/BS 832/M4 975200003 975200048 • For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation
B/BS 032/M5 975200004 975200048 of PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
B/BS 0420/M6 975200005 975200048 • Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for this product.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
T est Sheet Material T est Sheet Material
Thread Shank Sheet 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Thread Shank Sheet 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
Code Code Thick- Install- Torque- Install- Torque- Code Code Thick- Install- Torque- Install- Torque-
ness ation Pushout out ation Pushout out ness ation Pushout out ation Pushout out
(in.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (mm) (kN) (N) (N•m) (kN) (N) (N•m)
1 .040 1600 90 10 2500 125 13 1 1 7.1 400 1.15 11.1 550 1.5
METRIC
440 M3
2 .056 2000 170 13 3500 230 18 2 1.4 9 750 1.47 14 1010 2.05
UNIFIED
1 .040 1800 95 17 3000 130 18 1 1 8.9 470 2.6 15.6 600 3.4
632 M4
2 .056 2800 190 22 4000 260 28 2 1.4 12.5 970 4 20 1250 5.1
1 .040 2000 105 23 3500 135 30 1 1 9.3 480 3.6 17.8 620 4
832 M5
2 .056 3000 220 35 5000 285 45 2 1.4 14 845 5.7 25 1112 6.8
1 .040 2100 110 32 4000 140 35 1 1.4
032 M6 17.8 1400 10.2 25.7 1760 11.9
2 .056 3500 190 50 5000 250 60 2 2.3
1 .056
0420 4000 315 90 6000 400 105
2 .090
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
18 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® concealed-head self-clinching
studs and standoffs install permanently
and promote smooth designs.
CH™
CONCEALED-HEAD
SELF-CLINCHING
STUDS AND STANDOFFS
CONCEALED-HEAD SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND STANDOFFS
• Install permanently in steel or aluminum sheets as thin as .062” / 1.6 mm to provide strong
and reusable threads for mating hardware in a wide range of assembly applications.
• Allow the side of the sheet opposite installation to remain smooth and unmarred.
• One side installation additionally serves to satisfy strict ingress protection (IP)
requirements where the sheet must remain completely sealed from air, liquid, dust,
gases or other potentially infiltrating elements. Concealed-head Stud
• Only require a blind milled hole to the recommended size and minimum depth.
• Install using a PEMSERTER® press or other standard press.
• CFHC™ studs can be ordered to NAS63540/4 specifications.(1)
(1) To meet national aerospace standards and to obtain testing documentation, Type CFHC studs must be
ordered using appropriate NAS63540/4 part number. Check our web site for a complete Military Specification
and National Aerospace Standards Reference Guide (Bulletin NASM).
Concealed-head Standoff
20 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
CONCEALED-HEAD SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND STANDOFFS
CHA™, CFHA™, CHC™ AND CFHC™ ALUMINUM AND STAINLESS STEEL STUDS
A L
Dimple (Registered
Trademark)
(1) Blind holes may be deeper than minimums except where sheet material is at or near minimum thickness. Fasteners should always be installed so the
flange is flush with the surface of the sheet.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 21
CONCEALED-HEAD SELF-CLINCHING
CONCEALED-HEAD SELF-CLINCHING STUDS
STUDS AND
AND STANDOFFS
STANDOFFS
C B C B C B
Two Groove
(Registered Trademark)
A L A L A L H H
(1) Style #1. Minimum thread length is equal to barrel length “L”. Screw might not pass
through shank end. Screws with lengths exceeding “L” should not be used or they may PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
cause “jacking-out” of standoff from the sheet. CS S – 632 – 6
(2) Style #2. Screw might not pass through unthreaded end. Screws with lengths
exceeding “L” should not be used or they may cause “jacking-out” of standoff from the CSO S – 632 – 6
sheet.
(3) Style #3. Blind.
(4) Blind mounting holes may be deeper than minimums except where sheet material is at or Type Material Thread Length
near minimum thickness. Fasteners should always be installed so the flange is flush with Code Code
the surface of the sheet.
(5) If standoff is used as a bushing, the hole in attached part must not exceed “B” plus .020”
/ 0.51 mm.
22 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
CONCEALED-HEAD SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND STANDOFFS
CHA • • • •
CFHA • • • •
CHC • • • •
CFHC • • • •
CSS • • • •
CSOS • • • •
L + .250”/ L + .250”/
INSTALLATION NOTES 6.35 mm
6.35 mm
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER®
machine for installation of PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please
check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation
process for select products.
ANVIL ANVIL
D D
END MILL INFORMATION
CFHC, CHC, CFHA, CHA Studs .290” CHM-290 CHA / CHC / CFHA / CFHC M4 4.4 975200048 970200019300
832, M4
CSOS, CSS Standoffs .312” CHM-312 CHA / CHC / CFHA / CFHC M5 5.4 975200048 970200020300
CFHC, CHC, CFHA, CHA Studs .312” CHM-312 CSS / CSOS M3 4.33 975200048 970200014300
032, M5 CSS / CSOS M4 6.36 975200048 970200016300
CSOS, CSS Standoffs .344” CHM-344
CSS / CSOS M5 7.5 975200048 970200017300
0420, M6 CSOS Standoffs .390” CHM-390 CSS / CSOS M6 9.13 975200048 970200018300
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 23
CONCEALED-HEAD SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND STANDOFFS
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
METRIC
CSOS 832 18 5,300 440 4,000 300 M6 7.2 28.9 2860 24.4 1915
032 32 6,000 600 5,000 400 Concealed-head Studs
0420 64 6,500 650 5,500 430
UNIFIED
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) Not recommended.
24 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® brand self-clinching nuts install
permanently in aluminum, steel or
stainless steel sheets.
CL™
SELF-CLINCHING
NUTS
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
Self-clinching nuts are installed by placing them in properly sized holes in sheets and
applying a parallel squeezing force to the head of the nut. The sheet metal surrounding the
head cold flows into an undercut thereby making the fastener an integral part of the sheet.
A serrated clinching ring prevents the fastener from rotating after installation.
SP™, PEM 300® nuts provide strong SH™ hard panel nuts install into thin,
load-bearing threads in stainless steel harder, high strength steel materials -
sheets as thin as .030”/0.8 mm - PAGE 32
PAGES 28 and 29
SMPS™/SMPP™ nuts are for thinner
PEM RT® free-running locknuts are NEW sheet/close-to-edge applications -
free-running until clamp load is induced. A PAGE 33
modified thread angle on the loaded flank
provides the vibration resistant locking Material and finish specifications - PAGE 33
feature- PAGE 30
Many PEM self-clinching nuts in this bulletin are dimensionally equivalent to nuts manufactured to NASM45938/1 specifications. Consult our Marketing
department for a complete Military Specifications and National Aerospace Standards guide (Bulletin NASM) on our website.
Screws for use with PEM self-clinching locking fasteners should be Class 3A/4h fit or no smaller than Class 2A/6g.
Fastener drawings
and models are
available at
www.pemnet.com
SH
(Registered Trademark)
26 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
© 2017 PennEngineering.
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
CLA aluminum • • •
SP stainless steel • • •
SL steel / aluminum •
HNL aluminum •
(1) Describes “best practice” for typical applications. Fasteners can be used in other panel materials not listed here if specified hardness limits are met. In
all cases “For Use in Sheet Hardness” information is shown in chart on page 31.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 27
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
• S/SS nuts are recommended for use in steel PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
or aluminum sheets HRB 80 / HB 150 or S – 632 – 1 ZI
less. SS – 032 – 1 ZI
• CLS/CLSS nuts are recommended for use
in steel or aluminum sheets HRB 70 / HB
CL S – 632 – 1
CLS S – 032 – 1 E C
125 or less.
• SP nuts are recommended for use in S P – 632 – 1
stainless steel sheets HRB 90 / HB 192 or CL A – 632 – 1
less.
• CLA nuts are recommended for use in steel A
or aluminum sheets HRB 50 / HB 82 or less. (Clinching profile may vary) T
Type Material Thread Shank Finish Due to manufacturing procedure, parts
Code Size Code may have a counterbore at shank end.
Code
(1) For maximum performance, we recommend that you use the maximum shank length for your sheet thickness.
(2) This shank code not available for SP nuts.
(3) This thread size S nut, with a -2 shank code, can be installed successfully without the need to pre punch a mounting hole in a separate operation. See
page 42 for more information.
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-
clinching fasteners. See page 39 or refer to Fastener Installation Dos and Don’ts on our website.
28 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
S™/SS™/CLS™/CLSS™/SP™ NUTS (See drawing at top of page 28) All dimensions are in millimeters.
Type
Fastener Material A Rec. Hole Size Min. Dist.
Thread Thread Shank (Shank) Min. Sheet In Sheet C E T Hole CL
Size Carbon Stainless Hardened Code Code Max. Thickness +0.08 Max. ±0.25 ±0.25 To Edge
Steel Steel Stainless Steel (1)
0 (2) 0.77 0.8
M2 x 0.4 S CLS SP M2 1 0.97 1 4.22 4.2 6.35 1.5 4.8
2 1.38 1.4
0 0.77 0.8
M2.5 x 0.45 S CLS SP M2.5 1 0.97 1 4.22 4.2 6.35 1.5 4.8
2 1.38 1.4
0 0.77 0.8
M3 x 0.5 S CLS SP M3 1 0.97 1 4.22 4.2 6.35 1.5 4.8
2 1.38 1.4
0 0.77 0.8
METRIC
M3.5 x 0.6 S CLS — M3.5 1 0.97 1 4.75 4.73 7.11 1.5 5.6
2 1.38 1.4
0 0.77 0.8
M4 x 0.7 S CLS SP M4 1 0.97 1 5.41 5.38 7.87 2 6.9
2 1.38 1.4
0 0.77 0.8
M5 x 0.8 SS CLSS SP M5 1 0.97 1 6.35 6.33 8.64 2 7.1
2 1.38 1.4
00 0.89 0.92 (2)
CLA™
NUTS (See drawing at top of page 28) All dimensions are in inches.
Type
A Min. Sheet Hole Size Min. Dist.
Fastener Material
Thread Thread Shank (Shank) Thickness In Sheet C E T Hole CL
Size Aluminum Code Code Max. (1) ±.003 -.000 Max. ±.010 ±.010 To Edge
.086-56 1 .038 .040
CLA 256 .166 .165 .250 .070 .19
(#2-56) 2 .054 .056
.112-40 1 .038 .040
CLA 440 .1875 .187 .250 .090 .22
(#4-40) 2 .054 .056
UNIFIED
Type
Thread A Min. Sheet Hole Size Min. Dist.
Fastener Material
Size x Thread Shank (Shank) Thickness In Sheet C E T Hole CL
Pitch Aluminum Code Code Max. (1) +0.08 Max. ±0.25 ±0.25 To Edge
1 0.98 1
M2 x 0.4 CLA M2 4.22 4.2 6.35 1.5 4.8
2 1.38 1.4
METRIC
1 0.98 1
M3 x 0.5 CLA M3 4.75 4.73 6.35 2 5.6
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.98 1
M3.5 x 0.6 CLA M3.5 5.41 5.38 7.11 2 6.9
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.98 1
M4 x 0.7 CLA M4 5.94 5.92 7.8 3 7.1
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.98 1
M5 x 0.8 CLA M5 7.52 7.49 9.4 3.8 7.9
2 1.38 1.4
1 1.38 1.4
M6 x 1 CLA M6 8.75 8.73 11.18 4.08 8.6
2 2.21 2.3
(1) For maximum performance, we recommend that you use the maximum shank length for your sheet thickness.
(2) This shank code not available for SP nuts.
(3) This thread size S nut, with a -2 shank code, can be installed successfully without the need to pre punch a mounting hole in a separate operation. See
page 39 for more information.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 29
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
2 .054 .056
0 .030 .030
.164-32
S RT832 1 .038 .040 .213 .212 .310 .090 .27
(#8-32)
2 .054 .056
0 .030 .030
.190-32
SS RT032 1 .038 .040 .250 .249 .340 .090 .28
(#10-32)
2 .054 .056
0 .045 .047
.250-20
S RT0420 1 .054 .056 .344 .343 .440 .170 .34
(1/4-20)
2 .087 .090
.313-18 1 .054 .056
S RT0518 .413 .412 .500 .230 .38
(5/16-18) 2 .087 .090
(1) For maximum performance, we recommend that you use the maximum shank length for your sheet thickness.
Testing conditions:
Preload (kN)
PEM RT®
Average Preload
Transverse vibration testing. 4
1
Details on PEM RT® vibration resistant thread technology
can be found on our web site at: 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
https://www.pemnet.com/files/design_info/techsheets/RT_Thread_Form.pdf
Number of Cycles
30 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
A PEM TRI-DENT®
Clinching profile may vary. Locking Feature
T (shape and position may vary)
All dimensions are in inches.
(1) Achieved using steel socket head cap screws, 180 ksi / property class 12.9 with standard finish of thermal oxide and light oil.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 31
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
.250-20
(1/4-20) — HNL 0420 .058 .058 .344 .343 .500 .189 .380
.313-18
(5/16-18) — HNL 0518 .058 .058 .413 .412 .575 .240 .420
.375-16
H HNL 0616 .058 .058 .500 .499 .650 .300 .480
(3/8-16)
Type T1 T2
Thread A Hole Size Non-locking Self-locking Min. Dist.
METRIC
(1) During installation, the projections on the heads of HNL self-locking nuts may be flattened. This is not detrimental in any way and will not affect self-
locking or self-clinching performance.
1 1.38 1.4
M6 x 1 SH M6 8.75 8.73 11.18 4.08 8.6
2 2.21 2.29
1 1.38 1.4
M8 x 1.25 SH M8 10.5 10.47 12.7 5.47 9.7
2 2.21 2.29
M10 x 1.5 SH M10 1 2.21 2.29 14 13.97 17.35 7.48 13.5
(1) For maximum performance, we recommend that you use the maximum shank length for your sheet thickness.
32 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
SMPS™/SMPP™ NUTS
• Installs into sheets as thin as .025”/ 0.64 mm.
• Reduced outer dimensions and thinner sheet
capabilities compared to Type S/SP thread sizes.
• SMPS nut is recommended for use in sheets PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
HRB 70 / HB 125 or less. SMPS – 440 E C
• SMPP nut is recommended for use in stainless steel
SMPP – 440
sheets HRB 90 / HB 192 or less.
A
Type Thread Clinching profile may vary. T
Size Code
All dimensions are in inches.
Type Min. Dist. Hole
Fastener Material A Hole Size CL To Edge
Thread Hardened Thread (Shank) Min. Sheet In Sheet C E T
Size Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Code Max. Thickness +.003 –.000 Max. ±.010 ±.010 SMPS SMPP
UNIFIED
.086-56
SMPS SMPP 256 .024 .025 .136 .135 .220 .065 .15 .16
(#2-56)
.112-40
SMPS SMPP 440 .024 .025 .166 .165 .220 .065 .17 .20
(#4-40)
.138-32
SMPS SMPP 632 .024 .025 .187 .186 .252 .065 .20 .22
(#6-32)
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Type Min. Dist. Hole
Thread Fastener Material A Hole Size CL To Edge
Size x Hardened Thread (Shank) Min. Sheet In Sheet C E T
METRIC
Pitch Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Code Max. Thickness +0.08 Max. ±0.25 ±0.25 SMPS SMPP
M2.5 x 0.45 SMPS SMPP M2.5 0.61 0.64 3.8 3.79 5.6 1.4 3.7 3.9
M3 x 0.5 SMPS SMPP M3 0.61 0.64 4.24 4.22 5.6 1.4 4.3 5.1
M3.5 x 0.6 SMPS SMPP M3.5 0.61 0.64 4.75 4.73 6.4 1.4 5.1 5.5
S • • • • •
SS • • • • •
CLS • • • •
CLSS • • • •
CLA • • • (2) •
H • • • • •
SP • • • • (6)(7)
PEM RT • (9) • • • •
SL • • • • •
HNL • • • • •
SH • • • (5) •
SMPS • • • •
SMPP • • • • (6)(7)
Part number codes for finishes None ZI LZ X ZC
(1) Special order with additional charge. (6) Panel material should be in the annealed condition.
(2) Part numbers for aluminum nuts have no plating suffix. (7) Fasteners should not be installed adjacent to bends or other highly
(3) Unplated threads are sized to accept a basic go gauge after cold-worked areas.
.00025” / 0.0064 mm plating. (8) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HRC - Hardness Rockwell “C”
(4) See PEM® Technical Support section of our web site for Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
related plating standards and specifications. (9) Modified thread form on loaded flank. Will accept a maximum material
(5) With rust preventative oil. 6g/2A screw.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 33
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
UNIFIED
256/440/RT440 .267 .045 975200034 975200048 440 .267 .045 975200034 975200048
632/RT632 .298 .045 975200035 975200048 632 .298 .045 975200035 975200048
UNIFIED
832/RT832 .330 .070 975200036 975200048 832 .330 .070 975200036 975200048
024/032/RT032 .361 .070 975200037 975200048 032 .361 .070 975200037 975200048
1224 .415 .080 975200786300 975200048 0420 .454 .150 975200038 975200048
0420/RT0420 .454 .150 975200038 975200048 0518 .515 .200 975200039 975200048
0518/RT0518 .517 .200 975200039 975200048
0616 .280 .250 975200045 (1) 975200048
Anvil Dimensions (mm)
0720 .338 .295 8020361 (1) 975200901400
Thread A P Anvil Part Punch Part
0813 .375 .345 975200900300 (1) 975200901400
Code ±0.05 ±0.13 Number Number
METRIC
Thread
A P Anvil Part Punch Part
METRIC
Code ±0.05 ±0.13 Number Number Code ±.002 ±.005 Number Number
M3 6.78 1.14 975200034 975200048 0420 .517 .200 975200039 975200048
M3.5 7.57 1.14 975200035 975200048 0518 .220 .250 975200783300 (1) 975200048
M4 8.38 1.78 975200036 975200048 0616 .280 .250 975201240 (1) 8003076
M5 9.96 3.56 975200782300 975200048
M6 11.53 3.81 975200038 975200048
Anvil Dimensions (mm)
METRIC
34 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
Anvil Dimensions (mm) Anvil Punch Anvil Dimensions (in.) Anvil Punch
UNIFIED
Thread A P R R1 Part Part Thread A P +.000 R R1 Part Part
Code ±0.05 –0.03 Max. +0.13 Number Number Code ±.002 –.001 Max. +.005 Number Number
M2 6.48 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012821 256 .223 .060 .010 .005 8020023
M2.5-0 6.48 1.42 0.25 0.13 8019477 440 .233 .060 .010 .005 8021386 975200048
METRIC
M2.5-1,-2 6.48 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012821 632 .255 .060 .010 .005 8020024
M3 6.48 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012821 975200048
M3.5 7.26 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012822 Anvil Dimensions (mm) Anvil Punch
M4 8.05 2.08 0.25 0.13 8012823 METRIC Thread A P R R1 Part Part
M5 8.84 2.08 0.25 0.13 8012824 Code ±0.05 –0.03 Max. +0.13 Number Number
M6 11.25 4.14 0.25 0.13 8012825 M2.5 5.66 1.27 0.25 0.13 8020025
M8 12.83 5.41 0.25 0.13 8015360 8003076 M3 5.9 1.27 0.25 0.13 8021474 975200048
M10 17.58 7.47 0.25 0.13 8015886 M3.5 6.48 1.27 0.25 0.13 8020026
(1) For best results, we recommend using the installation punch and anvil shown. Deviations from recommended installation tooling may result in sheet
distortion and reduced performance.
NOTE: Variations in hole preparation, installation tooling, installation force, and sheet material type, thickness, and hardness will affect both performance
and tooling life.
Thread Thread Sizes 1/4-20 to 5/16 and M5 to M8 Thread Sizes 3/8 and M10
A P Anvil Part Punch Part
Code ±.002 ±.005 Number Number
0420 .454 .150 975200038 975200048 45˚ x .050”/
0518 .517 .200 975200039 975200048 1.27 mm
0616 .280 .250 8020084(1) 9752000901400 PUNCH Max. PUNCH
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® press for installation of PEM®
self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 35
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
Axial Strength and Mating Screw Recommended Tightening Torque data is available at:
PERFORMANCE DATA(1) www.pemnet.com/design_info/tightening-torque/
S™/CLS™/CLSS™ NUTS
Type Thread Shank Test Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out Type Thread Shank Test Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out
Code Code Material (2) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) Code Code Material (2) (kN) (N) (N•m)
0 63 8 0 5052-H34 280 0.9
1 5052-H34 1500-2000 90 10 1 Aluminum 6.7-8.9 400 1.13
2 Aluminum 170 13 S M2 2 750 1.47
256 M2.5
S 348 3 170 13 CLS 0 Cold-rolled 470 1.47
CLS 0 105 13 M3 1 11.2-15.6 550 1.7
440 Steel
1 Cold-rolled 125 15 2 1010 2.03
2 Steel 2500-3500 230 18 0 5052-H34 280 1.8
3 230 18 1 11.2-13.5 400 1.92
Aluminum
0 63 16 S 2 840 2.5
1 5052-H34 95 17 CLS M3.5 0 480 1.8
2500-3000 Cold-rolled
2 Aluminum 190 22 1 Steel 13.4-26.7 570 2.3
S 632 3 190 22 2 1210 2.3
CLS 0 110 16 0 300 2.37
1 Cold-rolled 130 20 5052-H34
3000-6000 1 Aluminum 11.2-13.4 470 2.6
2 Steel 275 28 S 2 970 4
3 275 28 CLS M4 0 490 2.95
Cold-rolled
0 68 21 1 Steel 18-27 645 4
1 5052-H34 2500-3000 105 23 2 1250 5.1
2 Aluminum 220 35 0 300 3
S 3 220 35 5052-H34
METRIC
832 1 Aluminum 11.2-15.6 480 3.6
CLS 0 110 26 SS 2 845 5.7
1 Cold-rolled 145 35 CLSS M5 0 530 3.6
4000-6000
2 Steel 285 45 1 Cold-rolled 18-38 800 4.5
3 285 45 2 Steel 1420 6.8
0 68 26 00 750 6.5
1 5052-H34 2500-3500 110 32 0 970 7.9
5052-H34
2 Aluminum 190 50 1 18-32 10.2
Aluminum
SS 024 3 225 50 S 2 1580 14.1
CLSS 032 0 120 32 CLS M6 00 900 10
UNIFIED
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing proper
seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation parameters and
procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance. Performance testing this
product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) See tech sheet on our website for performance data of PEM® Type S™ nuts installed into copper sheets.
36 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
Axial Strength and Mating Screw Recommended Tightening Torque data is available at:
PERFORMANCE DATA www.pemnet.com/design_info/tightening-torque/
METRIC
0 68 21 0 5052-H34 300 3
5052-H34
1 2500-3000 105 23 1 Aluminum 11.2-15.6 480 3.6
UNIFIED
Aluminum
2 220 35 SS RTM5 2 845 5.7
S RT832
0 110 26 0 Cold-rolled 530 3.6
Cold-rolled
1 4000-6000 145 35 1 Steel 18-38 800 4.5
Steel
2 285 45 2 1420 6.8
0 68 26 00 750 6.5
5052-H34
1 2500-3500 110 32 0 5052-H34
Aluminum
2 190 50 18-32 970 7.9
SS RT032 1 Aluminum 1580 10.2
0 120 32 S RTM6 2 14.1
Cold-rolled
1 4000-9000 180 40 00 900 10
Steel
2 320 60 0 Cold-rolled 27-36 1380 13
0 220 70 1 Steel 1760 17
5052-H34
1 4000-7000 90 2
Aluminum 360
2 125 1 5052-H34 13.6
S RT0420 18-32 1690
0 315 115 2 Aluminum 18.1
Cold-rolled S RTM8
1 6000-8000 1 Cold-rolled 18.7
Steel 400 150 27-36 1865
2 2 Steel 20.3
1 5052-H34 120
4000-7000 380
2 Aluminum 160
S RT0518
1 Cold-rolled 165
6000-8000 420
2 Steel 180
SL™ NUTS
Prevailing Torque Specifications (1) Test Sheet Material
Thread Shank Max. Torque Min. Torque 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel
Code Code (1st thru 3rd) (1st thru 3rd) Installation Pushout Torque-out Installation Pushout Torque-out
(in. lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.)
1 90 10 125 15
440 5.75 0.4 1500 - 2000 2500 - 3500
2 170 13 230 18
UNIFIED
(1) 3 cycle locking performance. Max. on / Min. off torque for 1st through 3rd cycles.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 37
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
Axial Strength and Mating Screw Recommended Tightening Torque data is available at:
PERFORMANCE DATA www.pemnet.com/design_info/tightening-torque/
SP™ NUTS
Type Thread Shank Test Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out Type Thread Shank Test Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out
Code Code Material (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) Code Code Material (kN) (N) (N•m)
0 8000 130 14 1 304 Stainless 40 725 1.92
304 Stainless SP M2
SP 256 1 9000 165 17 2 Steel 44.5 1290 2.03
2 Steel 10000 290 18 0 304 Stainless 35.6 575 1.58
0 8000 130 14 SP M2.5 1 Steel 40 725 1.92
SP 440 1 304 Stainless
9000 165 17 2 44.5 1290 2.03
2 Steel 10000 290 18 0 304 Stainless
35.6 575 1.58
0 8500 140 18 SP M3 1 Steel
40 725 1.92
304 Stainless
METRIC
SP 632 1 9500 170 24 2 44.5 1290 2.03
2 Steel
10500 340 28 0 40 645 3.38
UNIFIED
304 Stainless
0 9000 145 30 SP M4 1 Steel 44.5 800 4.18
SP 832 1 304 Stainless 10000 180 37 2 49 1600 5.08
2 Steel 11000 360 45 0 304 Stainless
42.3 800 3.95
0 9500 180 35 SP M5 1 Steel 46.7 1025 5.08
SP 024/032 1 304 Stainless 10500 230 45 2 51.2 1775 6.77
2 Steel 11500 400 60 1 304 Stainless 60 2000 17
SP M6
1 304 Stainless 13500 450 150 2 Steel 60 2600 19
SP 0420 2 Steel 13500 600 170
SP M8
1 304 Stainless 66 2100 19
1 304 Stainless 14800 470 170 2 Steel 80 4500 23
SP 0518
2 Steel 14800 750 250 304 Stainless
SP M10 1 80 2150 38
1 304 Stainless 14800 470 170 Steel
SP 0524
2 Steel 14800 750 250
1 304 Stainless 16000 600 300
SP 0616/0624
2 Steel 20000 700 370
H™ NUTS
Type Thread Test Sheet Thickness Installation Pushout Torque-out Type Thread Test Sheet Thickness Installation Pushout Torque-out
U NI F I ED
METRIC
Code and Sheet Material (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) Code and Sheet Material (kN) (N) (N•m)
.090” 5052-H34 Aluminum 4900 380 190 2.29 mm 5052-H34 Aluminum 22 1760 21.5
H 0616 H M10
.088” Cold-rolled Steel 7400 460 240 2.24 mm Cold-rolled Steel 33 2020 27.1
SH™ NUTS
Thread Shank Test Sheet Thickness Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out
Code Code and Material (in.) Hardness HRC (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.)
UNIFIED
M6
2 2.5 mm S700MC 23 57.4 4500 19
1 2.5 mm S700MC 23 56.1 4600 30
M8
2 2.5 mm S700MC 23 57.4 4900 30
M10 1 2.5 mm S700MC 23 71.2 5400 56
38 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
Axial Strength and Mating Screw Recommended Tightening Torque data is available at:
PERFORMANCE DATA www.pemnet.com/design_info/tightening-torque/
SMPS™ NUTS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread Cold-rolled Steel Type Thread Cold-rolled Steel
UNIFIED
METRIC
Installation Pushout Torque-out
(lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (kN) (N) (N•m)
SMPS 256 1500 35 8 SMPS M2.5 6.7 156 1.13
SMPS 440 1800 60 12 SMPS M3 8 267 1.35
SMPS 632 2000 65 14 SMPS M3.5 8.8 289 1.58
SMPP™ NUTS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread .029” 304 Stainless Steel HRB 89 Type Thread 0.7 mm 304 Stainless Steel HRB 89
UNIFIED
Code Code
METRIC
Installation (1)
Pushout Torque-out Installation (1) Pushout Torque-out
(lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (kN) (N) (N•m)
SMPP 256 4500 50 10 SMPP M2.5 20 200 1.35
SMPP 440 4500 75 15 SMPP M3 20 300 1.85
SMPP 632 6000 75 20 SMPP M3.5 27 300 1.9
Applied Load
(Compression Tester)
Hardened Test Screw/Bolt
Grade 5 or better
Test Strip
(parent material). Washer - Approximately 1 to
T Held firmly in a vise. 2 pitches. Thick enough to
prevent neck of screw from
2T contacting threads.
(Min.)
E
E +.063” ±.01
+1.6 mm ±0.25
Hardened Test Screw/Bolt
Grade 5 or better
Surface of compression
Hardened Support Bushing of sufficient wall thickness force measuring gage
to withstand compression loads applied.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 39
SELF-CLINCHING NUTS
For more information, see our web site for Tech Sheet Anvil
PEM® - Ref / Self-piercing, self-clinching tooling. Pierced
To locate, simply type “self-piercing” in site search box. Slug
“DOS”
DO select the proper fastener material to meet corrosion requirements.
DO make certain that panel material is in the annealed condition.
DO make certain that hole punch is kept sharp to minimize work hardening around hole.
DO provide mounting hole of specified size for each fastener.
DO maintain the hole punch diameter to no greater than +.001”/.025 mm over the minimum recommended mounting hole for type SP
nuts into stainless steel sheets.
DO install fastener into hole punch side of sheet.
DO make certain that shank (or pilot) is within hole before applying installation force.
DO make certain that fastener is not installed adjacent to bends or other highly cold-worked areas.
DO apply squeezing force between parallel surfaces.
DO utilize recommended installation tooling when installing fasteners.
DO apply sufficient force to totally embed clinching ring around entire circumference and to bring shoulder squarely in contact with sheet.
“DON’TS”
DON’T attempt to install any self-clinching nut other than types SP/SMPP fasteners into a stainless steel sheet.
DON’T install steel or stainless steel fasteners in aluminum panels before anodizing or finishing.
DON’T deburr mounting holes on either side of sheet before installing fasteners – deburring will remove metal required for clinching
fastener into sheet.
DON’T install fastener closer to edge of sheet than minimum edge distance indicated by manufacturer – unless a special fixture is
used to restrict bulging of sheet edge.
DON’T over-squeeze. It will crush the head, distort threads, and buckle the sheet. Approximate installation forces are listed in
performance data tables. Use this info as a guide. Be certain to determine optimum installation force by test prior to
production runs.
DON’T attempt to insert fastener with a hammer blow – under any circumstances. A hammer blow won’t permit the sheet metal to
flow and develop an interlock with the fastener’s contour.
DON’T install screw in the head side of fastener. Install from opposite side so that the fastener load is toward sheet. The clinching
force is designed only to hold the fastener during handling and to resist torque during assembly.
DON’T install fastener on pre-painted side of panel.
40 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® self-clinching flush nuts are flush
with both sides of the sheet.
F
™
PEMSERT®
SELF-CLINCHING
FASTENERS
PEMSERT® SELF-CLINCHING FLUSH FASTENERS
PEMSERT® self-clinching flush nuts are designed to be installed into sheets as thin as .060”/1.5 mm.
F™ and F4™ fasteners are ideal for applications where a thin sheet requires threads stronger than a tapped hole but still must
remain flat, with no protrusions on either surface, enhancing the functional and cosmetic qualities of the entire assembly.
PEMSERT® flush nuts are installed easily by squeezing them into a round hole
in metal sheets. They can be installed before bending and forming to provide
threads in places which would be inaccessible for installation after chassis are
formed. The hexagonal head along with the proven PEM® self-clinching design
ensures high axial and torsional strength.
F4™ flush nuts are specifically designed to be installed into stainless steel sheets.
*To meet national aerospace standards and to obtain testing documentation, product must be ordered to NASM45938/4 specifications.
Consult our Marketing department for a complete Military Specification and National Aerospace Standards Reference Guide (Bulletin
NASM) or check our web site.
Fastener drawings
and models are
available at
www.pemnet.com
42 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
© 2018 PennEngineering.
PEMSERT® SELF-CLINCHING FLUSH FASTENERS
Type
Thread Fastener Material Thread Shank A Sheet Hole Size C H Min. Dist.
Size Code Code (Shank) Thickness In Sheet Max. Nom. Hole CL
Stainless Hardened Max. +.003 -.000 To Edge
Steel Stainless Steel
.086-56 1 .060 .060 - .091
F F4 256 .172 .171 .188 .23
(#2-56) 2 .090 .091 Min.
.112-40 1 .060 .060 - .091
F F4 440 .172 .171 .188 .23
UNIFIED
Type
Thread Fastener Material Thread Shank A Sheet Hole Size C H Min. Dist.
Size Code Code (Shank) Thickness In Sheet Max. Nom. Hole CL
300 Series Hardened Max. +0.08 To Edge
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
1 1.53 1.53 - 2.32
M2 x 0.4 F F4 M2 4.37 4.35 4.8 6
2 2.3 2.32 Min.
1 1.53 1.53 - 2.32
M2.5 x 0.45 F F4 M2.5 4.37 4.35 4.8 6
METRIC
F • • • •
F4 • • • •
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 43
PEMSERT® SELF-CLINCHING FLUSH FASTENERS
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
F™ NUTS
Axial Rec. Test Sheet Material Axial Rec. Test Sheet Material
Thread Shank Tensile Tightening 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel Thread Shank Tensile Tightening 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel
Strength Torque (3) Strength Torque (3)
Code Code Installation Pushout Installation Pushout Code Code Installation Pushout Installation Pushout
(lbs.) (2) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (kN) (2) (N•m) (kN) (N) (kN) (N)
1 1
256 130 1.50 2000 150 3000 200 M2 0.57 0.16 8.9 665 13.3 890
2 2
1 1
UNIFIED
METRIC
440 165 2.50 2000 150 3000 200 M2.5 0.68 0.23 8.9 665 13.3 890
2 2
1 1
632 190 3.50 2000 200 3600 200 M3 0.85 0.36 8.9 665 13.3 890
2 2
1 1
832 230 5.25 2000 240 4000 240 M4 1 0.58 8.9 1068 17.8 1068
2 2
1 1
032 280 7.50 2500 240 5000 240 M5 1.3 0.88 11.1 1068 22.2 1068
2 2
3 3
0420 4 1035 36 3500 640 6000 840 M6 4 4.5 3.7 15.6 2847 26.7 3736
5 5
F4™ NUTS
Axial Rec. Test Sheet Material Axial Rec. Test Sheet Material
Tensile Tightening Thread Shank Tensile Tightening 300 Series Stainless Steel
Thread Shank Strength Torque (3)
300 Series Stainless Steel Strength Torque (3)
Code Code Installation Pushout Code Code Installation Pushout
(lbs.) (2) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (kN) (2) (N•m) (kN) (N)
1 1
256 130 1.50 7200 270 M2 0.57 0.16 32 1200
2 2
1 1
UNIFIED
METRIC
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing proper
seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation parameters and
procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance. Performance testing
this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) Failure occurs in screw stripping using a 60 ksi screw and the shortest shank length fastener.
(3) Torque values shown will produce a preload of 70% of axial tensile strength with nut factor “k” equal to .2. Threads may strip or head of the F nut may bend and/
or fail if screw is over-torqued beyond these values or if actual k value is less than .2.
44 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® brand miniature fasteners fit
into a minimal space and provide
strong, reusable threads.
FE™
MINIATURE
SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
MINIATURE SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
PEM® brand miniature fasteners fit into a minimal space and provide strong, reusable threads.
PEM miniature fasteners provide visual indication when proper installation has been accomplished.
A strong, knurled collar, which is embedded in the sheet, guarantees against rotation of
the fastener in the sheet. The torque-out resistance of the knurl greatly exceeds the torque
that can be exerted by the self-locking feature.
When this collar is embedded in the sheet, the undercut cavity beneath the collar is filled
with displaced sheet material thereby developing pushout resistance.
FE™/FEO™/UL™ prevailing torque locknuts provide ideal solutions to prevent mating hardware from loosening in service
due to vibration or other application-related factors. A design feature of the lock nut produces friction between threads of
mated components thereby increasing the force needed to tighten as well as loosen the nut. Prevailing torque locknuts
provide essentially the same torque value regardless of the amount of axial load applied. Their use can save time and
money compared with alternative chemical locking methods or patches.
A dry-film lubricant applied to locking FE™/FEO™/UL™ nuts provides the smooth, non-galling prevailing torque performance
necessary for reliable locking and for reusability.(1) Screws for use with PEM self-clinching locking fasteners should be Class
3A/4h fit or no smaller than Class 2A/6g.
46 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
MINIATURE SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
SPECIFICATIONS D
U™/FEX™/FEOX™ NUTS ARE ROUND
TOPS OF UL™/FE™/FEO™ NUTS HAVE
ELLIPTICALLY SQUEEZED LOCKING
FEATURE
C
A T E
Clinching profile may vary.
(1) 2B Go Gauge may stop at barrel end but class 3A screw will pass thru with finger torque.
(2) Shank code applicable only to U and UL fasteners.
(3) In applications between the sheet thicknesses for your thread size, see last paragraph of installation data on page 4. Knurled collar may fracture if
fastener is used in sheets thicker than the specified range and the screw is tightened beyond maximum tightening torque.
(4) 6H Go Gauge may stop at barrel end but class 4h screw will pass thru with finger torque.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 47
MINIATURE SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
U • • • • •
UL • • • • 400˚ F / 204˚ C • •
FE • • • • • 400˚ F / 204˚ C • •
FEX • • • • •
FEOX • • • • •
INSTALLATION
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Insert fastener into the anvil hole and place the mounting hole PUNCH
(preferably the punch side) over the shank of the fastener as shown in
the drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force
to the knurled collar until knurled collar is flush with top of the sheet for
T*
sheets .060”/1.5mm thick and up, or until shank is flush with the bottom +.010” / +0.25 mm
of the sheet for sheets .040”/1mm to .060”/1.5mm thick for FE/FEO nuts. Min.
In applications for sheet thicknesses between the two ranges (see “Sheet
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling Thickness” on page 49) use the fastener with the larger “A” dimension. For
Anvil Part Punch Part example, if you want a #4-40 thread and your sheet thickness is between
Type Thread Number Number
U/UL 080 8008451 .045”/1.14 mm and .059”/1.49 mm, you should use FE or FEX nuts. This is
U/UL 164 970200300300 not recommended installation practice, but in this case if it is necessary, you
U/UL 256/M2 975200020 should install the fastener so that the bottom of the shank is flush with the
FE/FEO/FEX/FEOX 440/M3 975200021 underside of the sheet (instead of having the top of the knurled collar flush
FE/FEO/FEX/FEOX 632 975200022 975200048 with the top of the sheet). When this method is used, care must be taken to
FE/FEO/FEX/FEOX 832/M4 975200023 protect the fastener against crushing which would damage the threads. This
FE/FEO/FEX/FEOX 032/M5 975200024 method will also result in reduced pushout and torque-out values.
FE/FEO/FEX/FEOX 0420 975200025
FE/FEO/FEX/FEOX M6 8013143
48 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
MINIATURE SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
0
256 1000 20 4 1300 30 4
1
FE/FEX 135 210
FEO/FEOX 1200 105 185
632 20 2100 20
FE/FEX 1300 175 255
FEO/FEOX 155 260
832 1500 48 2500 48
FE/FEX 255 360
FEO/FEOX 155 260
032 1500 48 2500 48
FE/FEX 255 360
0420
FE/FEX 2100 320 110 3500 420 110
0428
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by
observing proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all
proper installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure
may affect performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical
assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) For FE and FEO fasteners, thread locking performance is equivalent to applicable NASM25027 specifications. Consult technical sheet PEM-REF/
NASM25027 on our web site for details.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 49
MINIATURE SELF-CLINCHING FASTENERS
METRIC
(lbs.) (1) (ksi) (2) (in. lbs.) (3) (lbs.) (1) (ksi) (2) (in. lbs.) (3) (kN) (1) (MPa) (2) (N•m) (3) (kN) (1) (MPa) (2) (N•m) (3)
080 125 69 1.0 — — — M2 — — — 1.39 432 0.36
UNIFIED
50 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® brand self-clinching studs and
pins install permanently in aluminum,
steel or stainless steel sheets.
FH™
SELF-CLINCHING
STUDS AND PINS
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® self-clinching studs are easily installed by placing them in properly sized holes in sheets and squeezing into
place with any standard press:
• Install permanently in aluminum, steel or stainless steel in sheets as thin as .020” / 0.51 mm.
• High torque-out and pushout resistances.
Dog Point and Anti Cross-Thread Options - HFE™/THFE™ (heavy-duty) studs Provides
PAGE 54 maximum pull through in sheets as thin as
.031” / 0.8 mm - PAGE 60
FHL™/FHLS™ (flush, low-displacement head) SGPC™ swaging collar studs can install
studs have a smaller head diameter and install into most panel material and accommodate
closer to the edge of a sheet than PEM FH/FHS multiple panels as long as the total thickness
studs - PAGE 57 does not exceed the maximum sheet
thickness - PAGE 63
TFH™/TFHS™ (non-flush) studs are for
sheets as thin as .020” / 0.51 mm. The stud FHX™ flush-head studs with X-Press™ thread
head will project above the sheet surface profile are typically used with push-on or
approximately .025”/0.64mm - PAGE 58 other plastic fasteners - PAGE 64
Flush-head studs Flush, low-displacement head studs Thin sheet studs Heavy-duty studs Heavy-duty studs for thin sheets
Types FH/FHA/FHS/FHP/FH4 Types FHL/FHLS Types TFH/TFHS Types HFH/HFHS/HFHB Types HFE/THFE
52 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
FH • HRB 80
HB 150
FHA • • • • HRB 50
HB 82
FHS • • • HRB 70
HB 125
FH4 • • HRB 92
HB 202
FHP • • • • HRB 92
HB 202
FHL • • HRB 80
HB 150
FHLS • • • • HRB 70
HB 125
TFH • HRB 80
HB 150
TFHS • • • HRB 70
HB 125
HFH • (1) • HRB 85
HB 165
HFHB • • • • • HRB 55
HB 83
HFHS • • • • HRB 70
HB 125
HFE • • HRB 85
HB 165
THFE • • HRB 85
HB 165
HFG8/HF109 • (3) • HRB 89
HB 180
HFLH • • HRB 96
HB 216
SGPC • • • Any sheet
hardness
FHX • HRB 80
HB 150
FH • • HRB 80
Unthreaded HB 150
FHA • • • • • HRB 50
Unthreaded HB 82
FHS • • • • HRB 70
Unthreaded HB 125
TPS • • • • HRB 70
HB 125
TP4 • • • HRB 92
HB 202
TPXS • • • • HRB 70
HB 125
(1) Meets grade 5 / property class 9.8 tensile requirements.
(2) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
(3) Grade 8 / Property Class 10.9 thread strength.
Standard product features shown above. Studs can also be custom designed to meet your exact application requirements.
Heavy-duty, high tensile strength studs Studs for hard panels Swaging collar studs Flush-head Studs with Flush-head pins
Types HFG8/HF109 Type HFLH Type SGPC X-Press™ Thread Profile Types TPS/TP4
Type FHX
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 53
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Anti Cross-Thread
MAThread is a registered trademark of MAThread inc. Feature
54 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® Dimple
Registered Trademark PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
L
FH – 632 – 6 ZI
FH S – 632 – 6
FH A – 632 – 6
H
M2.5 x 0.45 FH FHS FHA M2.5 6 8 10 12 15 18 — — — — 1 2.5 4.1 1.95 3.1 5.4
M3.5 x 0.6 FH FHS FHA M3.5 6 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 30 — 1 3.5 5.3 2.25 4.1 6.4
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 55
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® Dimple
Registered Trademark
L
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
FH 4 – 632 – 6
FH P – 632 – 6
H
.138-32
FH4 FHP 632 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040-.095 .137 .206 .090 .157 .250
(#6-32)
.164-32
FH4 FHP 832 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040-.095 .163 .237 .090 .183 .281
(#8-32)
.190-32
FH4 FHP 032 — 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040-.095 .189 .256 .100 .209 .281
(#10-32)
.250-20
FH4 — 0420 — — 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .062-.117 .249 .337 .135 .269 .312
(1/4-20)
(1) See material and finish specifications chart on page 67 for details.
(2) See page 69 for installation tool requirements. Performance may be reduced for studs installed into thicker sheets.
(3) Threads are gaugeable to within 2 pitches of the “S” Max. dimension. A class 3B/5H maximum material commercial nut shall pass up to the “S” Max.
dimension.
56 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® Dimple
L Registered Trademark
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
FHL – 632 – 6 ZI
FHL S – 632 – 6
H
.112-40
FHL FHLS 440 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 — — .040 .111 .138 .085 .126 .124
(#4-40)
.138-32
FHL FHLS 632 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040 .137 .164 .090 .152 .150
(#6-32)
.164-32
FHL FHLS 832 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040 .163 .190 .090 .178 .176
(#8-32)
.190-32
FHL FHLS 032 — 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040 .189 .225 .100 .204 .210
(#10-32)
M2.5 x 0.45 FHL FHLS M2.5 6 8 10 12 15 18 — — — — 1 2.5 3.15 2.1 2.9 2.8
M3 x 0.5 FHL FHLS M3 6 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 — — 1 3 3.65 2.1 3.2 3.3
M3.5 x 0.6 FHL FHLS M3.5 6 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 30 — 1 3.5 4.15 2.3 3.9 3.8
M4 x 0.7 FHL FHLS M4 6 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 30 35 1 4 4.65 2.4 4.5 4.3
M5 x 0.8 FHL FHLS M5 — 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 30 35 1 5 5.9 2.7 5.2 5.6
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 57
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
T L PEM® Dimple
Registered Trademark
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
TFH – 632 – 6 ZI
TFH S – 632 – 6
H
Dimple in head
identifies TFH/ Type Material Thread Length Finish
TFHS studs Code Code Code Code
S Clinching profile may vary.
unthreaded length
TFH TFHS 440 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 — — — .020 .111 .176 .070 .025 .131 .219
(#4-40)
.138-32
TFH TFHS 632 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .020 .137 .203 .070 .025 .157 .250
(#6-32)
.164-32
TFH TFHS 832 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .020 .163 .234 .070 .025 .183 .281
(#8-32)
.190-24
TFH TFHS 024 — 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .020 .189 .250 .090 .025 .209 .281
(#10-24)
.190-32
TFH TFHS 032 — 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .020 .189 .250 .090 .025 .209 .281
(#10-32)
58 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® Dimple
T L Registered Trademark
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
HFH – 032 – 12 ZI
HFH S – 032 – 12
HFH B – 032 – 12 X
H
.190-32
HFH HFHS HFHB 032 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .050 .190 .300 .105 .040 .252 .415
(#10-32)
.250-20
HFH HFHS HFHB 0420 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .060 .250 .380 .125 .050 .312 .460
(1/4-20)
.313-18
HFH HFHS HFHB 0518 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .075 .312 .480 .140 .070 .374 .500
(5/16-18)
.375-16
(3/8-16) HFH HFHS HFHB 0616 — 12 16 20 24 28 32 .090 .375 .580 .155 .085 .437 .530
M5 x 0.8
HFH HFHS HFHB M5 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 1.3 5 7.8 2.7 1.14 6.4 10.7
M6 x 1 HFH HFHS HFHB M6 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 1.5 6 9.4 2.8 1.27 7.5 11.5
M8 x 1.25 HFH HFHS HFHB M8 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 2 8 12.5 3.5 1.7 9.5 12.7
M10 x 1.5 HFH HFHS HFHB M10 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 2.3 10 15.7 4.1 2.29 11.5 13.7
Tensile strength: HFH - 900 MPa / HFHS - 515 MPa / HFHB - 415 MPa.
(1) The electrical resistance (tested at 10 amps DC) between phosphor bronze studs and copper busbars is below 104µ ohms and 62µ ohms for the
#10-32 / M5 and 3/8-16 / M10 thread sizes respectively, after repeated thermal and mechanical cycling. For complete electrical resistance test data
for type HFHB studs installed in copper, see bulletin entitled “Electrical Resistance of HFHB Studs Installed in Copper” on our website.
(2) See page 72 for installation tool requirements.
(3) Threads are gaugeable to within 2 pitches of the “S” Max. dimension. A class 3B/5H maximum material commercial nut shall pass up to the “S” Max.
dimension.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 59
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
T L
PEM® Dimple
Registered Trademark
unthreaded length
Type Length Code “L” ±.015 Min. Hole Size Max. Min.
Thread Thread
(Length Code in 16ths of an inch) Sheet In Sheet H S T Hole in Dist.
Fastener Material
Size Code Thickness +.005 ±.01 Max. Max. Attached HoleC/L
Steel .500 .750 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 (1) -.000 (2) Parts To Edge
.190-32
UNIFIED
60 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® Dimple
T L Registered Trademark
* Thread size #10-32 does not have SAE head marking since it is technically
not within the size range of the specification.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 61
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® Dimple
T L Registered Trademark
S
unthreaded length
.190-32
HFLH 032 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .040 .190 .357 .102 .048 .280 .360
(#10-32)
.250-20
HFLH 0420 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .040 .250 .462 .118 .060 .340 .470
(1/4-20)
.313-18
HFLH 0518 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .060 .312 .586 .133 .083 .402 .560
(5/16-18)
Tensile strength: 120 ksi
Type
Thread Fastener Thread Min. Max. Min.
Length Code “L” ±.0.4 Sheet
Hole Size H S T Hole in Dist.
Size x Material
Code (Length Code in millimeters) In Sheet ±0.25 Max. Max.
Thickness Attached HoleC/L
Pitch Hardened +0.13
(2) (3)
Alloy Steel Parts To Edge
METRIC
(1) Material meeting specification DIN EN 10149-2, grade S500MC with minimum yield of 500 MPa and max tensile of 700 MPa is a typical panel material
in which type HFLH studs can be used.
(2) See page 71 for installation tool requirements.
(3) Threads are gaugeable to within 2 pitches of the “S” Max. dimension. A class 3B/5H maximum material commercial nut shall pass up to the “S” Max.
dimension.
62 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PEM® Dimple
T L Registered Trademark
.112-40
SGPC 440 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 — .024 - .047 .171 .228 .101 .024 .205 .160
(#4-40)
.138-32
SGPC 632 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .196 .256 .109 .024 .229 .180
(#6-32)
.164-32
SGPC 832 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .223 .279 .109 .024 .259 .200
(#8-32)
.190-32
SGPC 032 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .249 .307 .109 .024 .280 .210
(#10-32)
.250-20
SGPC 0420 — 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .309 .366 .131 .028 .343 .250
(1/4-20)
(1) When using the fastener to attach more than one sheet or panel, the stud may seem slightly loose after installation. This is a normal condition in some
applications and will not effect the stud’s performance.
(2) See page 73 for installation tooling requirements. Contact Technical Support ([email protected]) for other thicknesses.
(3) Threads are gaugeable to within 2 pitches on the “S” Max. dimension. A class 3B/5H maximum material commercial nut shall pass up to the “S” Max.
dimension.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 63
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
L H
65˚ Nom. PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
FH – X5 – 10 ZI
S
unthreaded length
Thread Size Type Thread Length Code ”L” ±0.4 Min. Sheet Hole Size in Sheet H S
x Pitch Code (Length Code in millimeters) Thickness +0.08 ±0.4 Max.
5 mm x 1.6 FH X5 10 15 20 25 1 5.2 6.5 4
6 mm x 1.6 FH X6 10 15 20 25 1.6 6.2 8.2 4
64 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
These PEM® pins are only available on special order. See TPS, TP4, and TPXS pins on page 16 for standard diameter pins.
PEM® Dimple
L Registered Trademark
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
FH – 094 – 6 ZI
FH S – 094 – 6
P H FH A – 094 – 6
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 65
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
L PEM® Dimple
Registered Trademark
64° ±5° PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
TP S – 187 – 8
TP 4 – 187 – 8
D P H
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel .375 .500 .625 .750 1.00 to Edge
.125 TPS TP4 125 6 8 10 12 — .040 .144 .090 .205 .090 .250
.187 TPS TP4 187 6 8 10 12 16 .040 .205 .132 .270 .090 .280
.250 TPS TP4 250 — 8 10 12 16 .040 .272 .177 .335 .090 .310
Type Min.
Pin Pin Min. Sheet Hole Size S
Fastener Material
Length Code “L” ± 0.4 D H Distance
Diameter Diameter Thickness in Sheet Max.
300 Series 400 Series (Length Code in millimeters)
±0.15 ±0.4 HoleC/L
P ±0.05 Code (1) +0.08 (2)
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel to Edge
METRIC
If your application requires corrosion resistant fasteners, non-magnetic fasteners, or will be exposed to temperatures above 300˚ F (149˚ C),
see note at bottom of page 6 about “400 series fasteners for stainless steel panels”.
3 mm 5.2 mm
±0.05 ±0.4
66 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
(1) For plated studs, Class 2A/6g, the maximum major and pitch diameter, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to Class 3A/4h. Per ASME
B1.1, Section 7, Paragraph 7.2 and ASME B1.13M, Section 8, paragraph 8.2.
(2) Special order with additional charge.
(3) Part numbers for aluminum studs have no finish suffix.
(4) “X” suffix studs may have pitch diameters and major diameters below 2A/6g minimum size, per ANSI B1.1, Section 7, and B1.13M, Section 8 to allow for
minimum of 0.0002” / 0.0051 mm of plating.
(5) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
(6) With rust preventative oil.
(7) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 67
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Tooling for sheet thicknesses less than .060 / 1.51 mm with #2 thru Tooling for sheet thicknesses .060” / 1.51 mm and greater with #2
#10 / M2.5 thru M5 thread sizes and less than .093” / 2.36 mm for thru #10 / M2.5 thru M5 thread sizes and .093” / 2.36 mm and
1/4” / M6 threads. greater for 1/4” and 5/16” / M6 and M8 threads.
PUNCH PUNCH
SHEET SHEET
A 45° Nom.
C
METRIC
632 .162-.166 .139-.142 970200007300 970200243300 975200048 M3.5 4.1 3.53 970200007300 970200243300 975200048
832 .188-.192 .165-.168 970200008300 970200245300 M4 4.6 4.03 970200019300 970200244300
024/032 .216-.220 .191-.194 970200009300 970200246300 M5 5.6 5.03 970200020300 970200247300
For Sheets For Sheets For Sheets For Sheets
> .093” _< .092” > 2.36 mm _< 2.36 mm
0420 .295-.300 .250-.253 970200010300 970200249300 M6 6.6 6.03 970200230300 970200248300
975200048 975200048
0518 .334-338 .3125-.3155 970200011300 — M8 8.6 8.03 970200231300 —
68 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
For FH4/FHP studs, a special anvil with a raised ring is required to create a proper installation. The raised ring acts as a second displacer of the stainless
sheet material, thereby ensuring that the annular groove is filled. Please see page 56 for recommended sheet thickness range.
The special anvils are available from PEM stock or can be machined from suitable tool steel. A hardness of HRC 55 / HB 547 minimum is required to provide
long anvil life. We recommend measuring the “P” dimension every 5000 installations to ensure that the anvil remains within specification.
A
PUNCH 45° Nom. PUNCH
C
SHEET SHEET
L +.125”/
3.18 mm
Min. ANVIL L +.125”/
ANVIL 3.18 mm
ANVIL
Min. ANVIL
METRIC
256 .110-.114 .087-.090 8003313 8003297 M2.5 3.1 2.53 8003316 8003302
440 .136-.140 .113-.116 8003618 8003298 M3 3.6 3.03 8003317 8003303
632 .162-.166 .139-.142 8003314 8003299 975200997 M3.5 4.1 3.53 8003318 8003304 975200997
832 .188-.192 .165-.168 8003315 8003300 M4 4.6 4.03 8003620 8003305
032 .216-.220 .191-.194 8003619 8003301 M5 5.6 5.03 8003319 8003306
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 69
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Tooling for sheet thicknesses less than .030” / 0.76 mm down to Tooling for sheet thicknesses .030” / 0.76 mm and greater.
.020” / 0.51 mm.
.020” / 0.51 mm
.021” / 0.53 mm
PUNCH
PUNCH
PUNCH PUNCH
H
+.015” / +0.4 mm H
+.025” / +0.6 mm +.015” / +0.4 mm .020” / 0.51 mm
SHEET A SHEET +.025” / +0.6 mm C .021” / 0.53 mm
45° Nom.
ANVIL
C ANVIL
L +.125”/ 3.18 mm Min.
L +.125”/ 3.18 mm Min. See page 58 for “L”.
256 .110-.114 .087-.090 970200005300 970200240300 970200235400 M3 3.6 3.03 970200229300 970200242300 970200236400
UNIFIED
440 .136-.140 .113-.116 970200006300 970200241300 970200236400 M3.5 4.1 3.53 970200007300 970200243300 970200237400
632 .162-.166 .139-.142 970200007300 970200243300 970200237400 M4 4.6 4.03 970200019300 970200244300 970200238400
832 .188-.192 .165-.168 970200008300 970200245300 970200238400 M5 5.6 5.03 970200020300 970200247300 970200239400
032 .216-.220 .191-.194 970200009300 970200246300 970200239400 M6 6.6 6.03 970200230300 970200248300 970200496400
0420 .295-.300 .250-.253 970200010300 970200249300 970200496400
+.015” / +0.4 mm
1.14 mm - 1.16 mm (M6) 032 .191 – .194 970200009300 970200311400
+.025” / +0.6 mm
1.62 mm - 1.64 mm (M8) 0420 .250 – .253 970200010300 970200312400
2.1 mm - 2.12 mm (M10) 0518 .3125 – .3155 970200011300 970200313400
PUNCH 0616 .375 – .378 970200004300 970200314400
70 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
A 45° Nom.
SHEET C
SHEET
ANVIL ANVIL
C
L +.125”/ L +.125”/
Type HFE see page 60 for “L”.
3.18 mm Min. 3.18 mm Min.
Type HFLH see page 62 for “L”.
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Thread Anvil Dimensions (in.) Anvil Part No. Anvil Part No. Punch Thread Anvil Dimensions (mm) Anvil Part No. Anvil Part No. Punch
For Sheets For Sheets Part For Sheets For Sheets Part
Code A C Code A + 0.1 C + 0.08
> .060” .040” - .060” Number > 1.51 mm 1 mm - 1.51 mm Number
UNIFIED
METRIC
032 .216-.220 .191-.194 970200009300 970200246300 8003707 M5 5.6 5.03 970200020300 8003704 8003710
0420 .295-.300 .250-.253 970200010300 8003702 8003708 M6 6.6 6.03 970200230300 8003705 8003711
For Sheets For Sheets For Sheets For Sheets
> .075” .060” - .075” > 1.9 mm 1.5 - 1.9 mm
0518 .334-.338 .3125-.3155 970200011300 8003703 8003709 M8 8.6 8.03 970200231300 8003706 8003712
THFE™ STUDS
Tooling for sheet thicknesses less than .052” / 1.31 mm with 1/4” / M6 Tooling for sheet thicknesses .052” / 1.31 mm and greater with 1/4” / M6 and
thread sizes, and less than .067” / 1.71 mm with 5/16” / M8 thread sizes. .067” / 1.71 mm thread sizes and greater with 5/16” / M8 threads.
A 45° Nom. C
SHEET SHEET
ANVIL ANVIL
C
L +.125”/ L +.125”/
3.18 mm Min. See page 60 for “L”. 3.18 mm Min.
METRIC
0420 .302-.306 .250-.253 970200010300 8019886 8019890 M6 7.25 6.03 970200230300 8019888 8019892
For Sheets For Sheets For Sheets For Sheets
> .066” .031” - .066” > 1.7 mm 0.8 - 1.7 mm
0518 .374-.378 .3125-.3155 970200011300 8019887 8019891 M8 9.55 8.03 970200231300 8019889 8019893
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 71
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Tooling for sheet thicknesses less than .060” / 1.51 mm Tooling for sheet thicknesses .060” / 1.51 mm and greater
with #10 / M5 and 1/4” / M6 thread sizes and less than with #10 / M5 and 1/4” / M6 thread sizes and .075” / 1.9
.075” / 1.9 mm with 5/16” / M8 threads. mm and greater with 5/16” / M8 threads.
SHEET SHEET
A C
45° Nom.
L +.125”/
L +.125”/ 3.18 mm
3.18 mm C Min.
Min. See page 61 for “L”.
ANVIL
ANVIL
Thread Anvil Dimensions (mm) Anvil Part Number Anvil Part Number Punch Part
Code (Standard Sheet) (Thin Sheet) Number
A +0.1 C +0.08
METRIC
72 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
PUNCH
INSTALLATION - SGPC™
SGPC SWAGING COLLAR STUDS 1.
PUNCH PUNCH
SHEET SHEET
ANVIL ANVIL
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 73
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Tooling for sheet thicknesses less than .060” / Tooling for sheet thicknesses greater than .060”
1.52 mm with 073 thru 173 / 3 mm thru 5 mm / 1.52 mm with 073 thru 173 / 3 mm thru 5 mm
pin diameter codes and for sheet thicknesses pin diameter codes and for sheet thicknesses
less than .093 / 2.36 mm with 207 thru 223 pin greater than .093” / 2.36 mm with 207 thru 281
diameter codes. pin diameter codes.
PUNCH PUNCH
SHEET SHEET
45° Nom.
A
B
B
L +.125”/ L +.125”/
3.18 mm ANVIL 3.18 mm ANVIL
Min. 3/32”/ Min. 3/32”/
2.38 mm 2.38 mm
Min. Min.
C See page 65 for “L”. C
74 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
METRIC
.040 - .065 .220 8003285 1 - 1.7 4.88 8003287
187 .192 975200048 4MM 4.11
Over .065 (1) 8003279 Over 1.7 (1) 8003281
975200048
.040 - .075 .285 8003286 1 - 1.8 5.89 8003288
250 .255 5MM 5.13
Over .075 (1) 8003280 Over 1.8 (1) 8003282
1 - 1.9 6.89 8003289
(1) Chamfered anvil not required. 6MM 6.12
Over 1.9 (1) 8003283
60°
Nom.
A
C C
PUNCH
L +.125”/ L +.125”/
3.18 mm 3.18 mm SHEET
Min. Min.
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of
PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 75
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation
parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance.
Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for
this purpose.
Thread Rec. Nut Tightening Test Sheet Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull Thru
Code Torque (N•m) (1) Type Thickness & Material Hardness HRB (kN) (N) (N•m) (N)
0.78 FH 1.6 mm Aluminum 29 8.9 465 1.0 2600
M2.5 0.48 FHS 1.6 mm Aluminum 29 11.6 465 0.8 1820
0.84 FH 1.5 mm Steel 59 11.1 740 1.0 2800
0.48 FHS 1.5 mm Steel 59 13.8 740 0.8 1820
1.1 FH 1.6 mm Aluminum 29 12.9 600 1.7 3150
M3 0.81 FHS 1.6 mm Aluminum 29 12.9 600 1.3 2570
1.4 FH 1.5 mm Steel 59 14.7 820 1.7 3840
0.77 FHS 1.5 mm Steel 59 14.7 820 1.3 2440
1.6 FH 1.6 mm Aluminum 29 15.6 800 1.7 3780
M3.5 1.3 FHS 1.6 mm Aluminum 29 15.6 800 1.7 3445
1.6 FH 1.5 mm Steel 59 22.3 1335 2.8 3780
1.3 FHS 1.5 mm Steel 59 22.3 1335 2.0 3445
METRIC
(1) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K value or
nut factor equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value.
76 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Thread Rec. Nut Tightening Test Sheet Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull Thru
Code Torque (N•m) (1) Type Thickness & Material Hardness HR15T (kN) (N) (N•m) (N)
METRIC
(1) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K
value or nut factor equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value.
(2) Performance values shown are typical for fasteners properly installed using raised ring tooling in good condition. We recommend replacing
installation tooling when the height of the “P” falls out of tolerance (see page 71). Reductions in performance may occur as the height of the
protrusion wears. Variations in hole preparation, installation force, and sheet material type, thickness, and hardness will affect both performance and
tooling life.
(3) Performance may be reduced for studs installed into thicker sheets.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 77
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
0.41 FHL / FHLS 1.2 mm Aluminum 33 4.4 285 0.65 1300 3.5
M3
0.79 FHL / FHLS 1.1 mm Steel 54 5.3 475 1.25 2500 3.5
0.51 FHL / FHLS 1.2 mm Aluminum 33 4.4 290 0.76 1400 4
M3.5
1.03 FHL / FHLS 1.1 mm Steel 54 6.6 500 1.75 2800 4
0.65 FHL / FHLS 1.2 mm Aluminum 33 5.3 365 1.1 1550 4.5
M4
1.39 FHL / FHLS 1.1 mm Steel 54 6.6 550 2.1 3300 4.5
0.97 FHL / FHLS 1.2 mm Aluminum 33 11.1 530 2.2 1850 5.5
M5
1.97 FHL / FHLS 1.1 mm Steel 54 20 1000 4.4 3750 5.5
(1) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K value
or nut factor equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value.
(2) Installation controlled by proper cavity depth in punch.
78 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Rec. Nut
Thread Tightening Test Sheet Thickness Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out Tensile Pull Thru Test Bushing
Code Torque and Material (2) Hardness (kN) (3) (N) (N•m) Strength (kN) Hole Size
(N•m) (1) (mm) HRB (kN) (4) For Pull Thru Tests
METRIC
(1) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K value
or nut factor equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value.
(2) See tech sheet on our website for performance data of PEM® Types HFE™ and THFE™ studs installed into copper sheets.
(3) Installation controlled by proper cavity depth in punch.
(4) Head size is adequate to ensure failure in threaded area when tested with industry standard tensile bushing diameter.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 79
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Rec. Nut
Test Sheet Sheet Tensile
Thread Tightening Installation Pushout Torque-out
Type Thickness and Hardness Strength
Code Torque (kN) (2) (N) (N•m)
Material HRB (kN)
(N•m) (1)
HFH 7.7 1.5 mm Aluminum 15 13 800 5.4 12.8
HFH 7.7 1.5 mm Steel 65 26 1500 7.6 12.8
M5 HFHS 3.8 1.62 mm Aluminum 35 12.4 800 5.4 7.3
HFHS 3.8 1.47 mm Steel 54 21.7 1500 6.4 7.3
HFHB 2.7 1.5 mm Copper CDA-110 28 15.6 1115 3.4 5.9
HFH 13 1.5 mm Aluminum 43 29 1270 14 18.1
HFH 13 1.5 mm Steel 59 33 1750 14 18.1
METRIC
Rec. Nut
Tightening Tensile Sheet Sheet
Thread Torque Strength Test Sheet Hardness Installation Pushout Torque-out Test Sheet Hardness Installation Pushout Torque-out
METRIC
(1) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K value
or nut factor equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value.
(2) Installation controlled by proper cavity depth in punch.
(3) Head size is adequate to ensure failure in threaded area when tested with industry standard tensile bushing diameter.
80 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
METRIC
UNIFIED
256 3.7 4000 425 5.2 415 M2.5 0.67 20.1 2546 0.86 2561
440 6 5000 450 8 512 M3 0.9 21.8 2051 1.35 2851
632 12 5500 460 15.8 811 M4 2.5 28.5 2396 2.66 4000
832 20 6500 480 29.3 1133 M5 3.3 35.6 3200 5.96 4284
032 25 7300 545 42.8 1273 M6 3.3 42.3 3262 9.19 6311
0420 45 10000 565 76.7 1721
(1) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K value
or nut factor equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value.
(2) Installation controlled by proper cavity depth in punch.
(3) Head size is adequate to ensure failure in threaded area when tested with industry standard tensile bushing diameter.
(4) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 81
SELF-CLINCHING STUDS AND PINS
Aluminum 19 22 0.89
4MM
Steel 66 26.4 1.54
Aluminum 18 28.6 1.01
5MM
Steel 60 35.2 1.76
Aluminum 18 30.8 1.1
6MM
Steel 62 39.6 2.1
METRIC
125 300 Series Stainless Steel 8000 350 3MM 300 Series Stainless Steel 35 1556
187 300 Series Stainless Steel 12000 570 4MM 300 Series Stainless Steel 45 2335
250 300 Series Stainless Steel 14000 650 5MM 300 Series Stainless Steel 54 2535
6MM 300 Series Stainless Steel 60 2891
82 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
PEM® brand fasteners that utilize,
surface-mount, broaching and flaring
technology for use with PC boards
K™
FASTENERS FOR
USE WITH PC BOARDS
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
No matter how sophisticated or advanced, electronic components must be attached reliably and securely if they are
to deliver optimum performance. We offer several fastener products for use with PC boards to satisfy component-to-
board, board-to-board, and board-to-chassis attachment needs.
ReelFast® surface mount fasteners mount on PC boards in the same manner and at the same time as other surface
mount components prior to the automated reflow solder process. The fasteners simply become another board
component. This alleviates concerns about potential damage to PC boards due to improper secondary installation
operations. The fasteners are provided on tape and reel compatible with existing SMT automated installation
equipment. The benefits of using ReelFast® SMT fasteners are: faster assembly; reduced scrap; reduced handling; and
reduced risk of board damage.
Broaching fasteners can also offer practical alternatives to “loose” hardware. A broaching fastener is a knurled-shank
fastening device that can be pressed into a hole to provide a permanent, strong, threaded or unthreaded attachment
point in PC boards. They can also be used in aluminum, acrylic, casting and polycarbonate components. Specially
formed axial grooves around the shank of the fastener “broach” or cut into the material, creating a firm, interference-
type fit resistant to rotation. In PC boards, broaching fasteners are recommended for use in non-plated holes.
Broach/flare-mount standoffs (KFB3™) offer a combined broach/flare feature for even greater pullout performance
in PC board materials.
SMTSS™ - ReelFast® SNAP-TOP® standoffs feature KFH™ - Threaded broaching studs for use
a spring action to hold PC board securely without as solderable connectors or as permanently
screws or threaded hardware - PAGE 87 mounted studs on PC boards - PAGE 94
INSTALLATION -
CAPTIVE PANEL SCREWS PAGES 98-100
SMTPF™ - ReelFast® surface mount captive panel OTHER FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS -
screws - PAGE 93 PAGE 103
84 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
© 2019 PennEngineering.
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
SMTSO/SMTSOB 86 • • •
SMTSS 87 • • •
SMTSK 88 • •
KF2/KFS2 89 • •
KFE/KFSE 90 • •
KFB3 90 • •
KSSB 91 • • •
SMTPFLSM 92 • •
SMTPF 93 • • •
PFK 94 • •
KFH 94 • •
SMTRA 95 • •
SFK 98 • •
PEM® Dimple
(Registered Trademark) PEM® TRADEMARKS
PEM® “Two Groove”
(Registered
Trademark)
PEM® Blue
PEM® Double Notch Nylon Ring
(Registered Trademark) (Trademark)
To be sure that you are getting genuine PEM® brand fasteners, look for the unique PEM® product markings and identifiers.
Fastener drawings
and models are
available at
www.pemnet.com
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 85
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
— SMTSO SMTSOB 256 2 4 8 (1) 12 (1) .060 .060 .142 — .219 — .147 .244
(#2-56)
.112-40
— SMTSO SMTSOB 440 2 4 8 (1) 12 (1) .060 .060 .161 — .219 — .166 .244
(#4-40)
.138-32
— SMTSO SMTSOB 632 2 4 8 (1) 12 (1) .060 .060 .208 — .281 — .213 .306
(#6-32)
.164-32
— SMTSO SMTSOB 832 2 4 8 (1) 12 (1) .060 .060 .245 — .344 — .250 .369
(#8-32)
— .116 SMTSO SMTSOB 116 2 4 8 12 .060 .060 .161 — .219 — .166 .244
— .143 SMTSO SMTSOB 143 2 4 8 12 .060 .060 .208 — .281 — .213 .306
M2 x 0.4 — SMTSO SMTSOB M2 — 2 3 4 (1) 6 (1) 8 (1) 10 (1) 1.53 1.53 3.6 — 5.56 — 3.73 6.2
M2.5 x 0.45 — SMTSO SMTSOB M25 — 2 3 4 (1) 6 (1) 8 (1) 10 (1) 1.53 1.53 4.09 — 5.56 — 4.22 6.2
M3 x 0.5 — SMTSO SMTSOB M3 — 2 3 4 (1) 6 (1) 8 (1) 10 (1) 1.53 1.53 4.09 — 5.56 — 4.22 6.2
M3.5 x 0.6 — SMTSO SMTSOB M35 — 2 3 4 (1) 6 (1) 8 (1) 10 (1) 1.53 1.53 5.28 — 7.14 — 5.41 7.77
M4 x 0.7 — SMTSO SMTSOB M4 — 2 3 4 6 (1) 8 (1) 10 (1) 1.53 1.53 6.22 — 8.74 — 6.35 9.37
— 3.1 SMTSO SMTSOB 3.1 — 2 3 4 6 8 10 1.53 1.53 4.09 — 5.56 — 4.22 6.2
— 3.6 SMTSO SMTSOB 3.6 — 2 3 4 6 8 10 1.53 1.53 5.28 — 7.14 — 5.41 7.77
— 4.2 SMTSO SMTSOB 4.2 — 2 3 4 6 8 10 1.53 1.53 6.22 — 8.74 — 6.35 9.37
(1) SMTSOB fasteners with this length code have a shank counterbore.
Packaged on 330 mm recyclable reels. Tape width is 24 mm. Reels conform to EIA-481.
86 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
Mounting Hole A Type and (Length Code in 32nds of an inch) Sheet A C E B P Size in Sheet Min.
Diameter Code Material .250 .375 Thickness Max. Max. ±.005 ±.005 ±.005 +.003 –.000 Solder Pad
156 SMTSSS 8 12 .060 .060 .161 .250 .188 .141 .166 .276
Mounting Hole A Type and Length Code “L” ±0.13 Sheet A C E B P Size in Sheet Min.
Diameter Code Material (Length
Code in
millimeters) Thickness Max. Max. ±0.13 ±0.13 ±0.13 +0.08 Solder Pad
Edge
SMTSS™ APPLICATION DATA Mounting Hole A
C
PANEL 2 (TOP)
PANEL 1 (BOTTOM)
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 87
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
Sheet Code Sheet Max. Max. ±.005 ±.003 ±.003 Max. ±.003 Max. in Sheet Solder
.125 .250 .375 Thickness +.003 -.000 Pad
SMTSK 6060 4 8 12 .060 .060 .161 .250 .177 .099 .212 .068 .108 .166 .276
Sheet Code (Length Code in millimeters) Sheet Max. Max. ±0.13 ±.0.08 ±0.08 Max. ±0.08 Max. in Sheet Solder
Thickness +0.08 Pad
SMTSK 61.5 3 4 6 8 10 1.53 1.53 4.09 6.35 4.5 2.51 5.39 1.73 2.75 4.22 7
88 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
NOTE ABOUT PLATED AND UNPLATED MOUNTING HOLES FOR BROACHING FASTENERS
Broaching and broach/flare types are designed for unplated mounting hole applications. If used in plated mounting holes, the stresses involved
can damage the plating, push out the plating entirely, or break any traces inside the board that might be connected to the plated hole. When
installing into non-plated mounting holes there may even be issues with delamination, measeling or crazing in some instances.
Increasing the mounting hole size +.005” to +.008” /+0.13 mm to +0.2 mm may relieve these conditions. If increasing the mounting hole does
not correct the issue then we recommend our surface-mount type fasteners.
It is always recommended that you try the fasteners in your specific application before full production begins. We are happy to provide samples
for this purpose.
General recommendations for “Keep Out” areas are the same as our “Min. Distance Hole C/L to Edge” dimensions stated in the dimensional
charts of our bulletin.
.112-40
(#4-40) KF2 KFS2 440 .060 .060 .166 .184 .219 .065 0.17
.138-32
(#6-32) KF2 KFS2 632 .060 .060 .213 .231 .281 .065 0.22
.164-32
(#8-32) KF2 KFS2 832 .060 .060 .250 .268 .344 .096 0.25
.190-32
(#10-32) KF2 KFS2 032 .060 .060 .272 .290 .375 .127 0.28
M2 x 0.4 KF2 KFS2 M2 1.53 1.53 3.73 4.19 5.56 1.5 4.2
M2.5 x 0.45 KF2 KFS2 M2.5 1.53 1.53 4.22 4.68 5.56 1.5 4.4
M3 x 0.5 KF2 KFS2 M3 1.53 1.53 4.22 4.68 5.56 1.5 4.4
M4 x 0.7 KF2 KFS2 M4 1.53 1.53 6.4 6.81 8.74 2 6.4
M5 x 0.8 KF2 KFS2 M5 1.53 1.53 6.9 7.37 9.53 3 7.1
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 89
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
(#4-40) — KFE KFSE 440 4 8 12 16 20 24 — — .060 .060 .166 .184 .219 .17
.138-32
(#6-32) — KFE KFSE 632 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .060 .060 .213 .231 .281 .22
— .116 KFE KFSE 116 4 8 12 16 20 24 — — .060 .060 .166 .184 .219 .17
— .143 KFE KFSE 143 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .060 .060 .213 .231 .281 .22
“F” Minimum Thread Length (Where Applicable) Full .375 ± .016 .375 Blind
.112-40
KFB3 440 2 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 — — .09 .050-.065 .166 .122 .165 .219 .179 .040 .17
(#4-40)
.138-32
KFB3 632 2 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 32 .09 .050-.065 .213 .171 .212 .280 .226 .040 .22
(#6-32)
“F” Min. Thread Length
Full .375 Blind
(Where Applicable)
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Hole Size Min.
Thread Thread Length “L” ±0.13 A in Sheet Dist.
Size x Type Code (Shank) +0.13
Sheet B C E K P Hole C/L
Pitch (Length Code is in millimeters)
Max. Thickness –0.03 ±0.08 Max. ±0.13 ±0.08 ±0.25 To
Edge
METRIC
M3 x 0.5 KFB3 M3 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2.29 1.27-1.65 4.22 3.23 4.2 5.56 4.55 1 4.33
M4 x 0.7 KFB3 M4 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2.29 1.27-1.65 6.4 5.23 6.33 8.74 6.68 1 6.36
(1) Blind at shank end with .375” minimum thread length from head end.
90 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
H P L T
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
KSSB – 156 – 12 X
Type Hole A B C H P T
Diameter .250 .312 .375 .437 .500 .562 .625 .750 .875 1.00 ±.005 ±.003 ±.005 ±.005 ±.005
Code
Type Hole A
(Length Code is in millimeters) B C H P T
Diameter ±0.13 ±0.08 ±0.13 ±0.13 ±0.13
Code
PANEL 2 (TOP)
PANEL 1 (BOTTOM)
Location Edge
Mounting Hole B Tolerance C1
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 91
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
Size Type Code Code Max. Thickness Max. ±.010 Nom ±.025 ±.025 ±.010 Nom. Nom. +.003 -.000 Pad Size
.112-40 0 .040 .210
SMTPFLSM 440 .063 .063 .215 .280 .300 .100 .38 .55 .220 .340 T15
(#4-40) 1 .100 .270
.138-32 0 .040 .240 .100 .42 .62
SMTPFLSM 632 .063 .063 .247 .310 .320 .252 .400 T15
(#6-32) 1 .100 .300
Size Type Code Code Max. Thickness Max. ±0.25 Nom ±0.64 ±0.64 ±0.25 Nom. Nom. +0.08 Pad Size
0 1 5.3
M3 x 0.5 SMTPFLSM M3 1.6 1.6 5.46 7 7.6 2.5 9.6 14 5.6 8.6 T15
1 2.5 6.8
0 1 6.1
M3.5 x 0.6 SMTPFLSM M3.5 1.6 1.6 6.27 7.9 8.13 2.5 10.7 15.7 6.4 10.2 T15
1 2.5 7.62
Packaged on 330 mm recyclable reels. Tape width is 24 mm. Supplied with polyimide patch for vacuum pick up. Reels conform to EIA-481.
92 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
When Assembled
Spring action of L
plastic “fingers” PSHP
holds screw
in retracted T2
position. T1 E C B C1 E1
SMTPR
PC Board
P G
A R T
All dimensions are in inches.
Screw Part Number A ssembly Dimensions Screw Dimensions R etainer Dimensions
Screw Retainer Total A Min.
Thread Thread Length Part G P T1 T2 Radial C1 E1 L T (Shank) Sheet B C E R
UNIFIED
Size Type Code Code Number ± .025 ± .025 Nom. Nom. Float ±.010 ±.010 ±.015 Nom. Max. Thick. ±.003 Max. Nom. ±.005
.112-40 0 .188 .000 .510 .663
PSHP 440 SMTPR-6-1 .478 .646 .015 .440 .542 .060 .060 .167 .249 .375 .325
(#4-40) 1 .248 .026 .570 .723
.138-32 0 .188 .000 .510 .663
(#6-32) PSHP 632 SMTPR-6-1 .478 .646 .020 .440 .542 .060 .060 .167 .249 .375 .325
1 .248 .026 .570 .723
Pitch Type Code Code Number ± 0.64 ± 0.64 Nom. Nom. Float ±0.25 ±0.25 ±0.38 Nom. Max. Thick. ±0.08 Max. Nom. ±0.13
0 4.78 0 12.95 16.84
M3 x 0.5 PSHP M3 SMTPR-6-1 12.14 16.41 .38 11.18 13.77 1.53 1.53 4.24 6.33 9.53 8.26
1 6.3 .66 14.48 18.36
0 4.78 0 12.95 16.84
M3.5 x 0.6 PSHP M3.5 SMTPR-6-1 12.14 16.41 .51 11.18 13.77 1.53 1.53 4.24 6.33 9.53 8.26
1 6.3 .66 14.48 18.36
RETAINER - Packaged on 330 mm recyclable reels of 400 PART NUMBER DESIGNATION PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
pieces. Tape width is 24 mm. Supplied with Kapton® patch for FOR SCREW FOR RETAINER
vacuum pick up. Reels conform to EIA-481.
PSHP – 632 – 0 L 001 SMTPR – 6 – 1 ET
SCREW - Packaged in bags. Retainers and screws are sold
separately.
Type Thread Length Cap Color Type Retainer Shank Finish
Code Code Style Code Size Code
(Lobed) (Standard
Black)
COLOR CAPABILITIES FOR TYPE PSHP SCREW
The colors shown here (codes #002 thru #007) are non-stocked
standards and available on special order. Since actual cap colors may
vary slightly from those shown here, we recommend that you request
samples for color verification. If you require a custom color or you need .396”/
a “color matched” cap, please contact us. 10.06 mm
Min.
Available with Torx® Solder
Std. Black #001 Red #002 Orange #003 Yellow #004 recess on special order. Pad
Mounting hole
does not need to be
plated through.
Four dimples on .250” +.003 –.000
head designate 6.35 mm +0.08
metric thread.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 93
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
40 .250 .000
.112-40
PFK 440 62 .060 .060 .265 .283 .312 .375 .072 .125 .36 .54 .20
(#4-40)
84 .500 .250
40 .250 .000
.138-32
PFK 632 62 .060 .060 .281 .299 .344 .375 .072 .125 .36 .54 .26
(#6-32)
84 .500 .250
*Retaining rings are plastic with normal 250°F / 120°C temperature limit.
KFH 440 4 5 6 8 10 12 .065 .060 .120 .145 .180 .09 .020 .15
(#4-40)
.138-32
KFH 632 4 5 6 8 10 12 .065 .060 .140 .170 .200 .09 .020 .19
(#6-32)
.164-32
KFH 832 4 5 6 8 10 12 .065 .060 .166 .195 .225 .09 .020 .20
(#8-32)
.190-32
KFH 032 4 5 6 8 10 12 .065 .060 .189 .220 .250 .09 .020 .20
(#10-32)
(1) Threads are gaugeable to within 2 pitches of the “S” Max. dimension. A class 3B/5H maximum material commercial nut shall pass up to the “S” Max.
dimension.
94 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
N D B
PA P SP
K
Solder Pad
PL Stencil Masking Examples L
Patented. SH
A
Solder pad can be flush to edge.
Mounting holes do not need to be plated through.
Min. Hole
Thread Thread Height Length Length Sheet Size A B C D Height G J K N P SP T
Size Type Code Code Code L Thick- In Sheet ±.006 ±.006 ±.006 ±.006 F ±.006 Nom. Nom. Max. Max. ±.003 Nom.
±.005 ness +.003 –.000 ±.006
UNIFIED
.086-56
(#2-56) SMTRA 256 8 6 .188 .040 .053 .218 .040 .060 .140 .250 .345 .020 .030 .048 .040 .157 .105
.112-40
(#4-40) SMTRA 440 9 6 .188 .040 .053 .250 .050 .065 .160 .281 .390 .020 .030 .048 .040 .188 .125
.138-32
(#6-32) SMTRA 632 10 8 .250 .040 .053 .312 .050 .065 .205 .312 .450 .020 .030 .048 .040 .250 .145
.164-32
(#8-32) SMTRA 832 12 9 .281 .040 .053 .375 .050 .075 .250 .375 .535 .020 .030 .048 .040 .312 .195
Min. Hole
Thread Thread Height Length Length Sheet Size A B C D Height G J K N P SP T
Size x Type Code Code Code L Thick- In Sheet ±0.15 ±0.15 ±0.15 ±0.15 F ±0.15 Nom. Nom. Max. Max. ±0.08 Nom.
Pitch ±0.13 ness +0.08 ±0.15
METRIC
M2 x 0.4 SMTRA M2 6 5 5 1 1.35 5.5 1 1.5 3.5 6 8.4 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 4 2.65
M2.5 x 0.45 SMTRA M25 6 5 5 1 1.35 5.5 1 1.5 3.5 6 8.4 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 4 2.65
M3 x 0.5 SMTRA M3 7 5 5 1 1.35 6.35 1.25 1.65 4 7 9.75 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 4.75 3.2
M4 x 0.7 SMTRA M4 9 7 7 1 1.35 9.53 1.25 1.65 6.35 9 13.1 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 7.9 4.8
Pad Width Pad Length Hole Spacing Hole Size Part Parts Pitch Tape Width
Thread
PA PL SH In Sheet Number Per Reel (mm) (mm)
Code
UNIFIED
SMTRAM4-9-7 200 20 32
M2 6.62 4.57 4 1.35
M25 6.62 4.57 4 1.35
M3 7.47 4.57 4.75 1.35
M4 10.65 6.57 7.9 1.35
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 95
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
Metal
Plastic
C2 C1 E
Patented.
PEM® Dimple
L (Registered Trademark)
Panel 1 Panel 2
Type Thickness Mounting Hole Thickness Mounting Hole C2 Min. Dist
and Thickness ±0.08 mm / +0.08 mm / Min. +0.08 mm / C1 ±0.08 mm / E L Hole C/L
Size Code ±.003” +.003” –.000” (1) +.003” –.000” Max. ±.003” Max. Max. To Edge
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
SFK-3 0.8 0.8 .031 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.53 .139 2.31 .091 3 0.12
SFK-3 1.0 1 .039 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.76 .148 2.51 .099 3 0.12
SFK-3 1.2 1.2 .047 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.76 .148 2.72 .107 3 0.12
SFK-3 1.6 1.6 .063 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.76 .148 3.12 .123 3 0.12
SFK-5 0.8 0.8 .031 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 2.31 .091 5.1 0.20
SFK-5 1.0 1 .039 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 2.51 .099 5.1 0.20
SFK-5 1.2 1.2 .047 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 2.72 .107 5.1 0.20
SFK-5 1.6 1.6 .063 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 3.12 .123 5.1 0.20
Panel 1 Metal
Panel 2 PCB/plastic
96 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
Threads (1) Fastener Materials Standard Finishes Optional Finish For Use in Sheet Hardness: (3)
Electro-Plated Electro-Plated
Tin ASTM Tin ASTM
Internal, External, Nylon, B 545, Class B B 545, Class B Aluminum,
ASME ASME 300 Temp. Passivated With Clear With Clear Acrylic,
B1.1 2B/ B1.1 2A/ Lead-Free Series CDA-510 Limit and/or Preservative Preservative HRB 70 / HRB 65 / HRB 60 / HRB 55 / Castings,
ASME ASME Carbon Stainless Phosphor 200˚ F/ Tested Per Coating, No Coating, Black HB 125 HB 116 HB 107 HB 96 Polycarbonate,
Type B1.13M 6H B1.13M 6g Steel Steel Bronze Brass 93˚ C ASTM A380 annealed (4) Finish annealed (4) Nitride or Less or Less or Less or Less and PC board
KF2 • • • • •
KFS2 • • • • •
KFE • • • • •
KFSE • • • • •
KFB3 • • • • •
KSSB • • • • •
KFH • • • • •
PFK
Retainer • • • • •
Screw • • • •
Spring •
Retaining Ring •
Part Number Codes For Finishes None ET X ET BN
Threads (1) Fastener Materials Standard Finishes (2) For Use in Sheet Hardness: (3)
Electro-Plated
Internal, External, Zinc Plated Tin ASTM Bright
ASME ASME 300 per ASTM B633, B 545, Class A Nickel
Miniature B1.1 2B/ B1.1 2A/ Lead-Free Hardened Series SC1 (5µm), With Clear Over HRB 80 /
ISO 1501, ASME ASME Carbon Carbon Stainless Zinc Type III, Preservative Copper HB 150
Type 4H6 B1.13M 6H B1.13M 6g Steel Steel Steel Brass Diecast Colorless Coating, annealed (4) Flash or less PC board
• •
SMTSO S1 to S1.4 0-80 to 8-32/ • • •
M1.6 to M4
SMTSOB • • (6) •
SMTRA •
• • •
SMTPFLSM
Retainer • • •
Screw • • •
Spring •
PSHP (5) • •
SMTPR • • •
SFK • • • •
SMTSSS • • •
SMTSK • • •
Part Number Codes For Finishes ZI ET CN
(1) For plated studs, Class 2A/6g, the maximum major and pitch diameter, after plating, may equal basic sizes and can be gauged to Class 3A/6h, per
ASME B1.1 Section 7, Paragraph 2 and ASME B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
(2) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
(3) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
(4) Optimal solderability life noted on packaging.
(5) ABS cap on PSHP screw has a temperature limit of 200˚ F / 93˚ C.
(6) The tin deposit on type SMTSOB meets the requirements of ASTM B545, Class A and although the copper and nickel barrier layers used under the
tin do not strictly comply with ASTM B545 thickness requirements they have proven effective at preventing zinc migration and providing the specified
solderable shelf life.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 97
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
INSTALLATION
KSSB™/KFH™ FASTENERS
98 PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
KFB3™ FASTENERS
SFK™ FASTENERS
Anvil
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling(1)
Punch
C
Size ±0.13/±.003 Punch Anvil C
(mm) / (in.) Part No. Part No.* Step 2 Panel 2 PCB/plastic
SFK-3 3.05 / .120 975200048 970200229300 Panel 1 Metal
SFK-5 5.05 / .199 975200048 970200020300
Anvil
* Part number for anvil used in Step 2
NOTE: Fastener can be installed in both sheets at once when metal panel is adequately soft
compared to the non-metal panel. E-mail [email protected] for more information. Step 3
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of
PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 99
FASTENERS FOR USE WITH PC BOARDS
INSTALLATION
Solder paste applied to Solder fastener in place using Installs in retracted/unfastened position
pad on PCB. standard surface mount techniques.
Solder paste applied Solder fastener in place using standard Solder paste applied Solder fastener in place
to pad on PCB. surface mount techniques. to pad on PCB. using standard surface
mount techniques.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
Thread Max. Nut Test Sheet Thickness Installation Pushout (2) Torque-out
Type Code Tightening Torque & (kN) (N) (N•m)
(N•m) Test Sheet Material
M2 (3) 1.5 mm FR-4 Panel 2.2 267 0.68
KF2, KFS2 M3 (3) 1.5 mm FR-4 Panel 2.2 290 1.7
KFE, KFSE M4 (3) 1.5 mm FR-4 Panel 2.2 420 3.4
METRIC
Type Installation Pushout Max. First On Min. First Off Min. 15th Off
(lbs.) (lbs.) Force (lbs.) Force (lbs.) Force (lbs.)
Type Installation Pushout Max. First On Min. First Off Min. 15th Off
(kN) (N) Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) These are typical values for parts installed in drilled mounting holes. Punched mounting holes yield values approximately 15% less.
(3) Not applicable.
(4) See Application Data drawing on page 91.
Thread/ Test Sheet Material - .062” Single Layer FR-4 Rated SMTRA™ R’ANGLE® FASTENERS(1)(2)
Type Thru-hole Pushout Pushout Torque-out Torque-out Current
Code (lbs.) (N) (in. lbs.) (N•m) Amps (6) Part Test Sheet Material - .062” Single Layer FR-4
UNIFIED
Number Pushout (lbs.) Side Load (lbs.)
SMTSO 11
080 85.1 378.7 4.94 0.56 SMTRA256-8-6 51.7 7.1
SMTSOB —
SMTRA440-9-6 89.5 10.8
SMTSO 25
256 56.5 251 8.56 1 SMTRA632-10-8 110.3 8.4
SMTSOB 40
SMTRA832-12-9 137.2 21.2
SMTSO 22
440 56.5 251 8.56 1
SMTSOB 36
Part Test Sheet Material - 1.58 mm Single Layer FR-4
SMTSO 34
632 93.5 416 13.83 1.6 Number
METRIC
Pushout (N) Side Load (N)
SMTSOB 55
SMTRAM2-6-5 418.2 56.8
SMTSO 47
832 151.1 672 26.96 3 SMTRAM25-6-5 216.5 36.9
SMTSOB 76
SMTRAM3-7-5 257.6 41.3
SMTSO 22
116 — — — — SMTRAM4-9-7 369.3 73.3
SMTSOB 37
SMTSO 33
143 — — — —
SMTSOB 55 SMTPFLSM™ FASTENERS(1)
SMTSO 11
M1 85.1 378.7 4.94 0.56 Min. Tensile Rec. Tightening Test Sheet Material
SMTSOB —
UNIFIED
(1) With lead-free paste. Average values of 30 test points. The data presented here is for general comparison purposes only. Actual performance is
dependent upon application variables. We will be happy to provide samples for you to install. If required, we can also test your installed hardware and
provide you with the performance data specific to your application.
(2) Further testing details can be found in our website’s literature section.
(3) In most applications, pullout strength of the SFK fastener in Panel 1 exceeds pushout strength of Panel 2.
(4) Torque values shown will produce a preload of 70% minimum tensile with a nut factor “k” equal to .1.
(5) Failure occurred at the solder joint. Screw retention strength is greater than the retainer.
(6) The maximum carrying current for each of the above fasteners is calculated based on a heat transfer coefficient of 20 W/m² °K and a maximum
temperature rise of 15°C / 27˚F above ambient.
LN™
SELF-LOCKING
FASTENERS
SELF-LOCKING FASTENERS
PEM® self-clinching locknuts provide ideal solutions to prevent mating hardware from loosening in service due to
vibration or other application-related factors. This family of fasteners includes a variety of types and different locking-
feature styles to satisfy a wide range of applications. Their use can save time and money compared with alternative
chemical locking methods or patches.
1) PREVAILING TORQUE (CFN™, FE™, FEO™, UL™, LAS™, LAC™, LA4™, LK™, LKS™, LKA™, PL™, PLC™ and SL™ locknuts) – a
design feature of the lock nut produces friction between threads of mated components thereby increasing the force
needed to tighten as well as loosen the nut. Prevailing torque locknuts provide essentially the same torque value
regardless of the amount of axial load applied.
• All metal –
All PEM metal prevailing torque type locknuts achieve their prevailing torque by altering the shape of the nut
in some way - most commonly by distorting the threads of the nut, which then grips the mating part during
tightening. Screws for use with PEM prevailing torque locknuts should be Class 3A/4h fit or no smaller than
Class 2A/6g.
Typically prevailing torque locknuts utilizing a metal locking feature are treated with a dry film lubricant coating
to afford some level of lubricity to reduce damage to the threads from repeated installation and removal of the
screw and reduce required tightening torque. Care should be taken to be sure that lubricant is not removed in
any post installed finishing operations.
• Nylon insert
The PL™, PLC™ and CFN™ locknuts use a plastic insert, typically made from nylon to generate the torque
resistance. A nylon ring is attached to the self-clinching body on the screw exit side with an ID approximately at
the screw pitch diameter. As the screw enters this ring, there is interference at the major diameter generating a
prevailing torque. The major advantage of this locking method is the greatly reduced chance of any conductive
debris being generated by repeated installation and removal of the screw.
2) FREE-RUNNING (PEM RT® locknuts) – a nut that requires tightening against a bearing surface in order for the
locking mechanism to function. If the tightening force (clamp load) is removed for any reason, these nuts no longer
provide any torsional resistance to rotation. The modified thread formation allows mating screws to spin freely
during the attachment process until clamp load is induced during the screw-tightening process.
Fastener drawings
and models are
available at
www.pemnet.com
CFN™ broaching fasteners are available for PL™/PLC™ PEMHEX® nuts with a nylon
thinner sheet, close-to-edge applications. The hexagonal element provide a locking option
nylon locking element provides prevailing for applications where a metal on metal
torque to eliminate loosening of mating locking feature is not desired - PAGE 111
Nylon Insert
threaded hardware - PAGE 107 Nylon Insert
FE™/FEO™/UL™ miniature locking nuts, SL™ locknuts offer a cost effective TRI-DENT®
provide a smaller body for tight space, locking feature and effective prevailing locking
lightweight applications - PAGE 108 torque - PAGE 112 Deformed Threads
Elliptically
Squeezed Threads
PEM RT® locknuts are free-running until clamp NEW
LAS™/LAC™/LA4™ nuts with self-locking, load is induced. A modified thread angle on
floating threads that permit up to .030”/0.76 the loaded flank provides the vibration resistant
mm adjustment for mating hole misalignment Elliptically
locking feature- PAGE 113
Free-running
- PAGE 109 Squeezed Threads Threads
LK™/LKS™/LKA™ nuts have a rugged Material and finish specifications - PAGES 114
PEMFLEX® self-locking feature which
Installation - PAGES 115 - 118
meets demanding locking performance
requirements - PAGE 110 Flexing Jaws Performance data - PAGES 119 - 123
(1) To meet national aerospace standards and to obtain testing documentation, product must be ordered using appropriate NASM45938 part number.
Check our web site for a complete Military Specification and National Aerospace Standards Reference Guide (Bulletin NASM).
(2) Specifically designed to be installed into stainless steel sheets.
(3) See page 125 for information on NASM25027 as applied to PEM self-clinching, self-locking nuts.
(4) Meets torque requirements for NASM25027 through five cycles.
(5) Locking performance is not affected by the number of on/off cycles.
(6) Nylon locking element temperature limit is 250˚ F / 120˚ C.
(7) Dry film lubricant rated for use up to 400˚ F / 204˚ C.
(8) The fastening strength of the locknut is maintained up to 800˚ F / 426˚ C. Temperatures above 300˚ F / 149˚ C will dehydrate the conversion coating.
(9) Aluminum material temperature limit is 250˚ F / 120˚ C.
A T E
Clinching profile may vary.
M3 x 0.5 CFN M3 1 1.02 1.1 3.86 4.11 4.45 5.16 2.65 2.93
* PEM Trademark.
FE™/FEO™/UL™ LOCKNUTS
• Strong, knurled collar guarantees against rotation of the fastener in the sheet.
• The torque-out resistance of the embedded knurl greatly exceeds the torque that can be exerted by the self-locking feature.
Tops
elliptically PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
squeezed
UL – 080 – 0 CW
C D
FE – 440 – MD
FEO – 440 – MD
A T E
Type Thread Shank Finish
Clinching profile may vary. Code Code Code
LAS™/LAC™/LA4™ LOCKNUTS
• Provide load-bearing threads in thin sheets and permit a minimum of .030”/0.76 mm adjustment for mating hole misalignment.
• Extra strength and support in assembly is obtained by the threads of the floating nut extending into the retainer shank.
• Thread locking torque performance is equivalent to applicable NASM25027 specifications.
• LA4 floating fasteners are specifically designed to be installed into stainless steel sheets.
To meet national aerospace standards and to obtain testing documentation, product must be ordered to US NASM45938/11 specifications. Check
our web site for a complete Military Specification and National Aerospace Standards Reference Guide (Bulletin NASM)
D C
Single groove
Float – .015”/0.38 mm minimum, identifier on
in all directions from center, Clinching profile may vary.
LA4 nuts
.030”/0.76 mm total.
All dimensions are in inches.
Type Hole
Thread Thread Shank A Min. Size in C D E T2 Min. Dist.
Size Fastener Material Code Code (shank) Sheet Sheet Max. Max. ±.015 Max. Hole C/
300 Series 400 Series Max. Thickness +.003 to Edge
Steel Stainless Stainless –.000
.112-40 1 .038 .038
LAS LAC LA4 440 .290 .289 .290 .360 .190 .30
(#4-40) 2 (1) .054 .054
.138-32 1 .038 .038
LAS LAC LA4 632 .328 .327 .335 .390 .200 .32
UNIFIED
1 0.97 0.97
M3 x 0.5 LAS LAC LA4 M3 7.37 7.35 7.37 9.14 4.83 7.62
2 (1) 1.38 1.38
1 0.97 0.97
M4 x 0.7 LAS LAC LA4 M4 9.35 9.33 9.28 11.18 5.34 8.64
2 (1) 1.38 1.38
1 0.97 0.97
M5 x 0.8 LAS LAC LA4 M5 10.31 10.29 10.29 11.94 6.86 9.14
2 (1) 1.38 1.38
M6 x 1 LAS LAC – M6 2 1.38 1.38 13.08 13.06 12.96 15.24 7.88 10.67
(1) This shank code is not available for LA4 nuts. PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
LA C – 440 – 1 MD
LA S – 440 – 1 MD
LA 4 – 440 – 1 MD
• Hex shoulder provides increased pull-through performance and a positive stop during installation.
• The flexing action of locking feature permits repeated use and effective locking torque.
• Thread locking performance of LK and LKS fasteners (with MD finish) and LKA fasteners (lubricated) are equivalent to applicable
NASM25027 specifications.
D C
Grooves
indicate Type Fastener Thread Shank Finish
metric part Material Size Code Code
Code Code
Clinching profile may vary.
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.97 1
M3 X 0.5 LK LKS LKA M3 4.75 4.73 4.85 6.35 3.43 4
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.97 1
M4 X 0.7 LK LKS LKA M4 6.76 6.73 6.2 8.73 4.45 5.2
2 1.38 1.4
1 0.97 1
M5 X 0.8 LK LKS LKA M5 7.92 7.9 7.4 9.53 5.21 5.6
2 1.38 1.4
PL PLC 440 .060 .040 - .070 .234 .233 .215 .274 .130 .170 .132
(#4-40)
.138-32
PL PLC 632 .060 .040 - .070 .265 .264 .246 .305 .130 .190 .158
(#6-32)
.164-32
PL PLC 832 .060 .040 - .070 .297 .296 .278 .338 .155 .220 .184
(#8-32)
.190-32
PL PLC 032 .060 .040 - .070 .312 .311 .293 .353 .165 .250 .210
(#10-32)
Steel
Steel Parts
M3 x 0.5 PL PLC M3 1.53 1 - 1.78 6 5.98 5.52 7.01 3.56 4.32 3.5
M4 x 0.7 PL PLC M4 1.53 1 - 1.78 7.5 7.48 7.01 8.54 4.2 5.59 4.5
(1) Can be used in panel thickness of .040” to .060”/1 mm to 1.53 mm provided the fastener is not fully installed. The knurled collar must be left protruding
above the sheet to the degree that the sheet thickness is less than .060”/1.53 mm. See installation instructions.
(2) Knurled collar may fracture if fastener is used in sheets thicker than .070”/1.78 mm and screw is tightened beyond maximum tightening torque.
* PEM Trademark.
(1) Achieved using steel socket head cap screws, 180 ksi / property class 12.9 with standard finish of thermal oxide and light oil.
2 .054 .056
0 .030 .030
.164-32
S RT832 1 .038 .040 .213 .212 .310 .090 .27
(#8-32)
2 .054 .056
0 .030 .030
.190-32
SS RT032 1 .038 .040 .250 .249 .340 .090 .28
(#10-32)
2 .054 .056
0 .045 .047
.250-20
S RT0420 1 .054 .056 .344 .343 .440 .170 .34
(1/4-20)
2 .087 .090
.313-18 1 .054 .056
S RT0518 .413 .412 .500 .230 .38
(5/16-18) 2 .087 .090
Testing conditions:
Preload (kN)
PEM RT®
Average Preload
Transverse vibration testing. 4
1
Details on PEM RT® vibration resistant thread technology
can be found on our web site at: 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
https://www.pemnet.com/files/design_info/techsheets/RT_Thread_Form.pdf
Number of Cycles
Floating Fastener
Retainer Retainer Nut
Zinc Plated (7) Zinc Plated
Type per ASTM Passivated Passivated Black Zinc Passivated per ASTM
B633, SC1 and/or Plus (6) Dry-film Plated, and/or B633, SC1
(5µm), Tested Per Clear Black Lubricant 5µm, Tested Per Black (5µm), HRB 88/ HRB 80/ HRB 70/ HRB 60/ HRB 50/
Type III, ASTM Dry-film Dry-film Over Color- ASTM Dry-film Type III, HB 183 HB 150 HB 125 HB 107 HB 89
Colorless A380 Lubricant Lubricant Phosphate Plain less A380 Lubricant Yellow or Less or Less or Less or Less or Less
CFN • • •
FE • •
FEO • •
UL • •
LAS • • •
LAC • • •
LA4 • • •
LK • •
LKS • •
LKA • •
PL • • •
PLC • •
SL • •
PEM RT® • • •
Finish Codes ZI None CW MD MD MD ZC
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more
information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
CFN™ NUTS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring. PUNCH
2. Insert fastener into the anvil hole and place the mounting hole over
the shank of the fastener (preferably the punch side) as shown in SHEET
drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing
force until the shoulder of the fastener contacts the sheet.
FE™/FEO™/UL™ NUTS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Insert fastener into the anvil hole and place the mounting hole PUNCH
(preferably the punch side) over the shank of the fastener as shown in
the drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing
force to the knurled collar until knurled collar is flush with top of the
sheet for sheets .060”/1.5 mm thick and up, or until shank is flush with T Max.
the bottom of the sheet for sheets .040” / 1 mm to .060”/1.5 mm thick +.010” / +0.25 mm
Min.
for FE/FEO nuts.
For “T” see page 108
PEM miniature fasteners must be installed by a force applied through parallel
surfaces. Since force must not be applied to the barrel, a cavity must be used in ANVIL
either the punch or anvil so that the installation force is applied to the knurled collar.
“D” dimensions for the punch or anvil cavity are given in the tables on page 5.
D For “D” see page 108
+.005” / +0.13 mm
+.010” / +0.25 mm
Anvil Punch
Thread
Type Part Part .25”/8 mm
Code
Number Number Min.
LA4 440/M3 8013889 975200048
LA4 632 8013890 975200048 ANVIL
LA4 832/M4 8013891 975200048
LA4 032/M5 8013892 975200048 D
+.002”/+0.05 mm
+.005”/+0.13 mm For “D” and “E” see page 109
E
+.004” / +0.1 mm
–.000”
PL™/PLC™ NUTS
Sheet thickness .060” to .070” / 1.53 mm to 1.78 mm Sheet thickness .040” to .060” / 1 mm to 1.53 mm
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not 1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not
perform any secondary operations such as deburring. perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Insert fastener into the anvil hole and place the mounting 2. Insert fastener into the anvil hole and place the mounting
hole over the shank of the fastener (preferably the punch hole over the shank of the fastener (preferably the punch
side) as shown in drawing. side) as shown in drawing.
3. With the punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply a 3. With the punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply a squeezing
squeezing force until the knurled collar is flush with the force until the fastener shank is flush with the underside of
top sheet. the sheet. This should be accomplished by setting the depth
of the counterbore in the anvil to the difference between the
“A” dimension and the sheet thickness*. When this method
PUNCH is used, care must be taken to protect the fastener against
crushing which would damage the threads. This method will
SHEET
also result in reduced pushout and torque-out values.
.187” / 5 mm
Min.
BEFORE AFTER
ANVIL
Bottom of fastener
PUNCH shank smooth with
sheet.
D
*
For “D” see page 111
SHEET
+.005” / +0.13 mm
+.010” / +0.25 mm
Knurled collar must
be left protruding
Knurled collar above sheet.
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling sits in anvil
counterbore.
Anvil Punch
Thread
Type Part Part ANVIL
Code
Number Number
ANVIL
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Anvil Dimensions (in.) A
Thread A P Anvil Part Punch Part
Code ±.002 ±.005 Number Number
UNIFIED
METRIC
Thread Thread
First On First Off First On First Off
Code Code
Prevailing Torque Prevailing Torque Installation Pushout Torque-out Prevailing Torque Prevailing Torque Installation Pushout Torque-out
(in. lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (N•m) (N•m) (kN) (N) (N•m)
FE 135 12 210 12
FEO 1200 105 185
632 20 2100 20
FE 1300 175 255
FEO 155 260
832 1500 48 2500 48
FE 255 360
FEO 155 260
032 1500 48 2500 48
FE 255 360
0420
FE 2100 320 110 3500 420 110
0428
0
256 1000 20 4 1300 30 4
1
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) For FE and FEO fasteners, thread locking performance is equivalent to applicable NASM25027 specifications. For details, see chart on page 124.
Installation Installation
UNIFIED
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) Thread locking performance is equivalent to applicable NASM25027 specifications. For details, see chart on page 124.
M2.5
2 8.9 667 3.4 13.3 711 2.3
1 7.1 578 2.8 13.3 667 3.4
M3
2 8.9 890 4 13.3 1112 4.5
1 12 667 5.1 17.8 845 5.6
M4
2 13.3 1112 5.7 19.1 1334 7.9
1 14.2 667 10.2 17.8 1112 11.3
M5
2 14.2 1112 11.9 19.1 1334 13.6
440 2000 225 20 1500 160 20 3000 260 20 3000 225 20
M4 8.9 1290 6.77 6.67 800 3.16 13.34 1290 6.77 13.34 1200 6.77
M5 8.9 1330 7.9 6.67 800 4.51 13.34 1557 7.9 13.34 1380 7.9
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) Thread locking performance is equivalent to applicable NASM25027 specifications. For details, see chart on page 124.
2 190 22 275 28
832 1 18 1.2 2500 - 3000 105 23 4000 - 6000 145 35
2 220 35 285 45
032 1 21 1.65 2500 - 3000 110 32 4000 - 9000 180 40
2 190 50 250 60
1 4000 - 7000 360 90 400 150
0420 35 3.75 6000 - 9000
2 360 125 400 150
1 380 120 420 165
0518 53 4.75 4000 - 7000 6000 - 8000
2 380 160 420 180
1 400 270 460 320
0616 95 6.3 5000 - 8000 7000 - 11000
2 400 270 460 320
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation
parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance.
Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for
this purpose.
METRIC
1 3000-6000 130 20 1 Steel 18-27 645 4
Steel
2 275 28 2 1250 5.1
0 68 21 0 5052-H34 300 3
5052-H34
1 2500-3000 105 23 1 Aluminum 11.2-15.6 480 3.6
UNIFIED
Aluminum
2 220 35 SS RTM5 2 845 5.7
S RT832
0 110 26 0 Cold-rolled 530 3.6
Cold-rolled
1 4000-6000 145 35 1 Steel 18-38 800 4.5
Steel
2 285 45 2 1112 6.8
0 68 26 00 750 6.5
5052-H34
1 2500-3500 110 32 0 5052-H34
Aluminum
2 190 50 18-32 970 7.9
SS RT032 1 Aluminum 1580 10.2
0 120 32 S RTM6 2 14.1
Cold-rolled
1 4000-9000 180 40 00 900 10
Steel
2 320 60 0 Cold-rolled 27-36 1380 13
0 220 70 1 Steel 1760 17
5052-H34
1 4000-7000 90 2
Aluminum 360
2 125
S RT0420
0 315 115
Cold-rolled
1 6000-8000
Steel 400 150
2
1 5052-H34 120
4000-7000 380
2 Aluminum 160
S RT0518
1 Cold-rolled 165
6000-8000 420
2 Steel 180
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation
parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance.
Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for
this purpose.
256 169 46 1.9 316 85 3.5 — — — — — — — — —
440 465 77 6.8 705 117 10.3 897 149 13.1 1,085 180 15.8 1,085 180 15.8
632 546 60 9.8 847 93 15.2 1,036 114 18.6 1,636 180 29.4 1,636 180 29.4
832 779 56 16.6 1,213 87 25.9 1,179 84 25.1 2,270 (6) 180 48.4 2,522 180 53.8
032 779 39 19.2 1,213 61 30.0 1,246 62 30.8 2,880 (6) 180 71.1 3,600 180 88.9
0420 — — — 1,412 44 45.9 — — — 5,728 180 186 5,728 180 186
0518 — — — — — — — — — 9,437 180 383 — — —
0616 — — — — — — — — — 13,948 180 680 — — —
M2 — — — 1.39 432 0.36 — — — — — — — — —
M3 2.08 267 0.81 3.16 405 1.23 4.03 517 1.57 6.14 1220 2.39 6.14 1220 2.39
M4 3.48 255 1.81 5.42 398 2.82 5.21 382 2.71 9.64 (6) 1220 5.01 10.71 1220 5.57
M5 3.48 158 2.26 5.42 246 3.52 5.6 255 3.64 12.63 (6) 1220 8.21 17.3 1220 11.2
M6 — — — 6.28 201 4.9 — — — 24.55 1220 19.1 24.55 1220 19.1
M8 — — — — — — — — — 44.66 1220 46.5 — — —
M10 — — — — — — — — — 70.75 1220 92 — — —
(1) Axial strength for UL, FEO, FE, PL and PLC locknuts are limited by knurled ring strength.
(2) Screw strength level shown is the minimum needed to develop full nut strength, higher strength screws may be used.
(3) Tightening torque shown will induce preload of 65% of locknut min axial strength with K or nut factor is equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening
torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value. If heat treated steel screw strength is less than the value shown, tightening torque
should be proportionately reduced by multiplying the torque shown by the actual screw strength over the screw strength shown. For screws of other
materials, never exceed the lower of this reduced torque or the tightening torque recommended for the screw. If higher strength screws are used,
torque is not adjusted upward because assemble strength is still limited by locknut strength.
(4) Unless otherwise noted, (see note 6) SL locknuts have axial strength exceeding the min tensile strength of 180 ksi/Property Class 12.9 screws. Contact
tech support regarding assemble strength for higher strength screws.
(5) Tightening torque shown will induce preload of 65% of locknut min axial strength with K or nut factor is equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening
torque may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value. All tightening torques shown are based on 180 ksi/ Property Class 12.9 screws. For
lower strength heat treated steel screws the tightening torque is proportionately less. For example, for 120 ksi screws (Grade 5), torque is 67% of value
shown. For 900 MPa screws (Property Class 9.8) torque value is 74% of value shown. For screws of other materials, never exceed the lower of this
reduced torque or the tightening torque recommended for the screw.
(6) Due to limited nut height in this size, failure mode is screw stripping and axial strength value shown is slightly less than min tensile strength of 180 ksi/
Property class 12.9 screw.
(7) All LK, LKS, LKA, LAC, LAS and LA4 locknuts have axial strength exceeding the min tensile strength of 180 ksi/Property Class 12.9 screws. Contact tech
support regarding assemble strength for higher strength screws.
PEM FE, FEO, LAS, LAC, LA4, LK, LKS, LKA, PL and PLC locknuts are produced to meet the prevailing locking torque
requirements of NASM25027. Specification NASM25027 is a rather lengthy spec which includes many requirements for
attributes such as tensile strength and wrenching strength which are not applicable to PEM self-clinching, self-locking
nuts. It is difficult for those not familiar with the specification to determine exactly which portions of it apply to the
locking torque of PEM self-clinching, self-locking nuts. This matter is further complicated by the fact that many of the
requirements in the specification that do apply, apply only to qualification and are not so called “quality conformance
inspections” which need to be applied to every lot of product. The fact of the matter is that only one test (room ambient
temperature locking torque per the first row of Table IV) needs to be applied on a regular basis of PEM self-clinching,
self-locking nuts. This requirement is defined by Table XIV and the permanent set test is not required per footnote 1.
The requirements for this test are given in Paragraphs 3.8.2.2.1 and 3.8.2.2.2. The test method is specified in paragraphs
4.5.3.3. and 4.5.3.3.4.1. For convenience of those who do not have access to this specification and/or are not familiar with
specification language, these test requirements and test methods are re-stated below in layman’s terms.
The one required test is a 15 cycle re-usability test. There are two values of torque which are required by specification.
The first is a maximum torque value which dare not be exceeded anytime during the 15 installation and removal cycles.
The second is a minimum breakaway torque which must be met during the 15th removal cycle. These torque values
are shown in Table III of specifications NASM25027. They are also listed below for PEM fastener sizes only and also for
metric sizes.
Details of the test procedure and significant definitions can be found on our web site at:
http://www.pemnet.com/files/design_info/techsheets/NASM25027.pdf
PEM® Double Squares PEM® Blue Nylon Locking Element PEM® Stamp PEM RT® Stamp
(Registered Trademark) (Registered Trademark) (Registered Trademark) (Trademark)
MPF™
microPEM® FASTENERS
Size Stainless Steel Code Code Thickness +.002 -.000 Max. Nom. +.002 –.003 To Edge
.060-80 3 .094
MSO4 080 .012 .095 .094 .125 .090
(#0-80) (2) 4 .125
.086-56 3 .094
MSO4 256 .012 .125 .124 .156 .120
(#2-56) (2) 4 .125
2 2
M1.2 x 0.25 (3) MSO4 M1.2 0.3 2.41 2.39 3.18 2.3
3 3
2 2
M1.4 x 0.3 (4) MSO4 M1.4 0.3 2.41 2.39 3.18 2.3
3 3
2 2
M1.6 x 0.35 (5) MSO4 M1.6 0.3 2.41 2.39 3.18 2.3
3 3
2 2
M2 x 0.4 (5) MSO4 M2 0.3 3.18 3.16 3.96 3
3 3
(1) MSO4 standoffs are designed for use in sheet hardness HRB 88 / HB 183 or less. For installation into harder sheets (up to HRC 36), contact our Tech
Support line or your local representative.
(2) Unified ASME B1.1, 2B
(3) Miniature ISO 68-1, 5H
(4) Miniature ISO 68-1, 6H
(5) Metric ASME B1.13M, 6H
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 129
microPEM® FASTENERS
– Tapping
– Tightening torque control
– Vibrational back-out
• Low profile head provides space savings Patented
• Tapered tip aligns fastener in hole Interference fit Tapered Positive engagement, Typical screw related issues include
minimizes hole tip assists 360˚ metal contact. Will costly tapping, cross-threading, torque
• Interference fit minimizes hole tolerance issues tolerance issues location not loosen. control, and vibration back-out.
• Easily installed automatically
T H
PEM® “Dimple”
registered trademark
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION A Top
sheet
TA – 10 – 025
T4 – 10 – 025 Base
PC panel
Can be installed into blind or
through hole application.
Type & Base Panel Top Sheet
Material Hole Size Thickness
Code Code B
Clinching profile may vary.
(1) 0.89 mm / .035” for blind holes and 0.5 mm / .020” for through holes.
Top sheet
H L T
Type Base Top Sheet Base Panel Top Sheet H L T Min. Dist.
Fastener Material Panel Hole Size Hole Size Thickness C ±0.08 mm/ ±0.06 mm/ ±0.08 mm/ Hole CL
400 series Hole Size Length ±0.05 mm/±.002” -0.05 mm/-.002” Max. Max. ±.003” ±.002” ±.003” To Edge (1)
Aluminum stainless steel Code Code mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
TKA TK4 10 100 1.3 .051 1 .039 0.2 .008 1.2 .047 1.8 .071 1 .039 0.27 .011 1.18 .047
TKA TK4 10 150 1.3 .051 1 .039 0.7 .028 1.2 .047 1.8 .071 1.5 .059 0.27 .011 1.18 .047
TKA TK4 10 200 1.3 .051 1 .039 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 1.8 .071 2 .079 0.27 .011 1.18 .047
TKA TK4 10 250 1.3 .051 1 .039 1.7 .067 1.2 .047 1.8 .071 2.5 .098 0.27 .011 1.18 .047
TKA TK4 10 300 1.3 .051 1 .039 2.2 .087 1.2 .047 1.8 .071 3 .118 0.27 .011 1.18 .047
(1) 0.89 mm / .035” for blind holes and 0.5 mm / .020” for through holes.
• Simple, press in installation eliminates many costs and concerns into base
panel
Patent pending
Type Material Pin Diameter
Code
The ClampDisk® fastener can be used with a self-clinching pin. Contact [email protected] for information on pin material options.
Top Panel
(any material)
Downward flanges flex and
generate clamp load
Base Panel
Ultra-small fastener
is ideal for compact
electronics applications.
MSIA™/MSIB
MSIA /MSIB™ microPEM® INSERTS FOR PLASTICS
• Symmetrical design eliminates the need for orientation
• Provides excellent performance in wide range of plastics
• Aluminum inserts offer light weight, lead-free alternative
Style #1 Style #2
A A E
After Knurl
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Thread Type Mounting Hole in Material
Size x Thread Length A E
C Min. Wall Hole Depth Hole Diameter
Pitch Aluminum Brass Code Code ±0.1 Max. ± 0.1
Thickness (6) Min. +0.05
100(1) 1 — 1.77
M1 x 0.25 (3) MSIA MSIB M1 2.1 0.7 1.75
250(2) 2.5 1.75 3.27
METRIC
100(1) 1 — 1.77
M1.2 x 0.25 (3) MSIA MSIB M1.2 2.1 0.7 1.75
250(2) 2.5 1.75 3.27
150 1.5
(2)
2.27
M1.4 x 0.3 (4) MSIA MSIB M1.4 2.5 2.15 0.8 2.15
300(2) 3 3.77
150 1.5
(2)
2.27
M1.6 x 0.35 (5) MSIA MSIB M1.6 2.5 2.15 0.8 2.15
300(2) 3 3.77
300 3
(2)
3.77
M2 x 0.4 (5) MSIA MSIB M2 3.2 2.85 1.6 2.85
400(2) 4 4.77
Size Type Code Code Thickness +.002 –.000 Max. Max. Nom. +.002 –.003 ±.002 to Edge
.060-80 3 .093
MSOFS 080 .008 - .012 .118 .094 .117 .138 .010 .069
(#0-80) (1) 4 .125
.086-56 3 .093 .010 .079
MSOFS 256 .008 - .012 .138 .113 .137 .157
(#2-56) (1) 4 .125
2 2
M1.2 x 0.25 (2) MSOFS M1.2 0.2 - 0.3 3 2.39 2.97 3.5 0.25 1.75
3 3
2 2
M1.4 x 0.3 (3) MSOFS M1.4 0.2 - 0.3 3 2.39 2.97 3.5 0.25 1.75
3 3
2 2
M1.6 x 0.35 (4) MSOFS M1.6 0.2 - 0.3 3.5 2.87 3.48 4 0.25 2
3 3
2 2
M2 x 0.4 (4) MSOFS M2 0.2 - 0.3 3.5 2.87 3.48 4 0.25 2
3 3
Patent pending
ØD
Solder
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION Pad
Mounting hole does
SMTSO – 080 – 2 ET not need to be plated
E C through.
ØH
Type Thread Length Finish
Code Code Code
.060-80 2 .062
SMTSO 080 .020 .019 .095 .144 .125 .098 .165
(#0-80) (1) 4 .125
1 1
S1 (2) SMTSO M1 2 0.5 0.48 2.41 3.66 2 3.18 2.5 4.19
3 3
METRIC
1 1
S1.2 (2) SMTSO M1.2 2 0.5 0.48 2.41 3.66 2 3.18 2.5 4.19
3 3
1 1
S1.4 (2) SMTSO M1.4 2 0.5 0.48 2.41 3.66 2 3.18 2.5 4.19
3 3
1 1
M1.6 x 0.35 (3) SMTSO M1.6 2 0.5 0.48 2.41 3.66 2 3.18 2.5 4.19
3 3
A polyimide patch is supplied to allow for reliable vacuum pickup. Fasteners are also
available without a patch which may provide a lower cost alternative, depending on your
installation methods/requirements.
Packaged on 330 mm recyclable reels. Tape width is 24 mm. Reels conform to EIA-481.
DELTA PT® SCREWS • Minimal radial tension due to optimized flank angle
• High clamp load
• High tensile and torsion strength
• Increased cycle stress stability
• High strength under vibration
PennEngineering is a licensee of Acument Global Technologies (Torx®, Torx Plus®), Reminc (REMFORM®, TAPTITE 2000®, FASTITE 2000®), EJOT® (PT® and DELTA PT®) and
OSG Corporation and OSG System Products Co., Ltd. (Microstix®).
(1) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
(2) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
(3) Optimal solderability life noted on packaging.
(4) The top panel can be any material and the pin must be under a max hardness of HRB 90 / HB 192.
INSTALLATION
PUNCH
1. Sheet hardness must be less than the specified limit for the fastener.
2. Panel material should be in the annealed condition.
3. Fastener should be installed in punch side of hole.
4. Mounting hole punch should be kept sharp to minimize work hardening around hole.
5. Maintain the mounting hole punch diameter to no greater than .025 mm / .001” over
the minimum recommended mounting hole.
6. When installing fastener adjacent to bends or other highly cold-worked areas, use the
C/L to edge values listed in the catalog.
MSO4 STANDOFFS
PUNCH
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Insert standoff through mounting hole (preferably the punch side) and BEFORE
AFTER
into anvil as shown in drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough
squeezing force to embed the head of the standoff flush in the sheet.
INSTALLATION
TA/T4 FASTENERS
PUNCH Top Sheet
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in top sheet and base panel.
Base panel mounting hole can be through or blind. Shown with
Base
2. Place top sheet and base panel in proper position. blind mounting
Panel
hole
3. Place fastener through hole in top sheet and into mounting hole
(preferably the punch side) of base panel. ANVIL
4. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing
force until the head of the fastener contacts the top sheet.
BEFORE
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Manual Punch Manual Anvil
Size Part Number Part Number AFTER
TA/T4-10-025
TA/T4-10-050 8014167 975200046
TA/T4-10-075 Shown with through mounting hole
TKA/TK4 PINS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in top sheet and base panel.
Base panel mounting hole can be through or blind. PUNCH Top Sheet
2. Place top sheet and base panel in proper position.
3. Place pin through hole in top sheet and into mounting hole of base
Shown with
panel. Base blind mounting
4. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing Panel hole
force until the head of the pin contacts the top sheet.
ANVIL
BEFORE
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Punch Anvil
Size Part Number Part Number
TKA/TK4-10-100 AFTER
TKA/TK4-10-150
TKA/TK4-10-200 8014167 975200046
TKA/TK4-10-250
TKA/TK4-10-300
Shown with through mounting hole
TFA FASTENERS
BEFORE AFTER
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in top sheet and base panel.
Base panel mounting hole can be through or blind.
2. Place top sheet and base panel in proper position.
3. Place fastener through hole in top sheet and into mounting hole PUNCH
(preferably the punch side) of base panel.
4. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing Top Sheet
force until the head of the fastener flattens and contacts the top sheet.
Shown with
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling Base Panel blind mounting
Manual Punch Manual Anvil hole
Size Part Number Part Number
ANVIL
TFA-10-025
TFA-10-035
8014167 975200046
TFA-10-045
TFA-10-055
INSTALLATION
TS4 FASTENERS BEFORE AFTER
1.47 mm / .058”
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in top ± 0.05 mm / ± .002”
sheet and base panel. Base panel mounting PUNCH
hole can be through or blind.
PUNCH
2. Place sheet and base panel in proper position.
3. Place fastener through hole in sheet and into
mounting hole (preferably the punch side) of
base panel.
4. With punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply 0.91 mm / .036”
Min. ANVIL
squeezing force until the head of the fastener Top Sheet
Thickness
contacts the top sheet.
ANVIL
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Re-installation (if necessary)
0.99 mm / .039” Punch Anvil
± 0.025 mm / ± .001” Part Number Part Number Part Number
1. Place sheet and base panel in proper position.
Shown with blind mounting hole.
2. Place adhesive into base panel mounting hole. Can also be used with a through hole.
TS4-10-025
8014167 975200046
3. Place fastener through hole in top sheet and TS4-10-050
into mounting hole of base panel.
4. Screw in fastener with 2IP Torx Plus driver.
CDS FASTENERS
BEFORE AFTER
Removal
PUNCH PUNCH
For service or maintenance, the ClampDisk® fastener
can be easily removed with a sharp edge tool. For
reassembly, simply install a new fastener.
ANVIL
ANVIL
Installation Tooling
Fastener Punch Anvil
The PEM® ClampDisk® fastener
Part Number Part Number Part Number
can be installed onto a grooved
CDS-100 8025386 975200046 pin for increase strength and allow
installation onto any material.
For more information, contact
Punch Dimensions
[email protected].
R 0.10 mm Ø 1.25 mm ±0.05
Max.
0.76 mm ±0.13
Ø 1.93 mm ±0.10
0.292 mm ±0.015
Ø 3.43 mm ±0.08
Code C Punch Part A B Anvil Part Code C Punch Part A B Anvil Part
+.001 Number ±.001 ±.001 Number +0.025 Number ±.025 ±.025 Number
METRIC
080 .095 8020712 .143 .006 8019720 M1 2.41 8020712 3.64 0.15 8019720
256 .114 8020710 .163 .006 8019722 M1.2 2.41 8020712 3.64 0.15 8019720
M1.4 2.41 8020712 3.64 0.15 8019720
M1.6 2.9 8020710 4.14 0.15 8019722
M2 2.9 8020710 4.14 0.15 8019722
SMTSO FASTENERS
Polyimide patch applied here for
vacuum pick up. Number of parts per reel/pitch (mm) for each size
Thread Length Code
Code 1 2 3 4
080 — 3500 / 8 — 2000 / 8
M1, M1.2, M1.4, M1.6 3500 / 8 2500 / 8 2000 / 8 —
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of
PEM self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
MSO4 STANDOFFS MPP PINS
Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material Pin Diameter Installation Pushout
Thread Tightening Sheet Type Test Sheet Thickness
300 Series Stainless Steel Code (kN) (N)
Type Code Torque For Thick-
MPP 1MM 0.5mm stainless steel HRB 88 10 320
UNIFIED
TKA/TK4 PINS
Type Test Base Depth Of Engagement Installation Pullout
Panel Material (mm) (in.) (N) (lbs.) (N) (lbs.)
0.8 0.0315 133 30 9 2
1 0.0394 133 30 14 3
1.3 0.0492 133 30 19 4
TKA-10 ABS 1.5 0.0590 178 40 24 6
1.8 0.0708 178 40 31 7
2 0.0787 222 50 35 8
2.3 0.0886 222 50 41 9
2.8 0.1102 245 55 53 12
0.8 0.0315 222 50 25 6
1 0.0394 267 60 37 8
1.3 0.0492 267 60 53 12
TKA-10 Polycarbonate 1.5 0.0590 311 70 68 15
1.8 0.0708 334 75 86 19
2 0.0787 378 85 98 22
2.3 0.0886 400 90 113 25
2.8 0.1102 423 95 146 33
0.8 0.0315 445 100 29 7
1 0.0394 489 110 43 10
1.3 0.0492 534 120 61 14
TK4-10 Magnesium 1.5 0.0590 578 130 78 18
Casting 1.8 0.0708 623 140 99 22
(AZ91D) 2 0.0787 667 150 113 25
2.3 0.0886 712 160 131 29
2.8 0.1102 801 180 169 38
TS4 FASTENERS
5052-H34 Aluminum HRB 63 / HB 114 304 Stainless Steel HRB 89 / HB 187
Part Tested
Installation Pullout (3) Torque to Remove Installation Pullout (3) Torque to Remove
Number Top Sheet
Thickness (N) (lbs.) (N) (lbs.) (N•cm) (in. oz.) (N) (lbs.) (N) (lbs.) (N•cm) (in. oz.)
TS4-10-025 0.254 mm / .01”
556 125 80 18 3.3 4.7 1423 320 125 28 4.6 6.5
TS4-10-050 0.533 mm / .021”
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) Performance in torque-out and pull-thru will depend on the strength and type of screw being used. In most cases the failure will be in the screw and
not in the self clinching standoff. Please contact our Applications Engineering group with any questions.
(3) Pullout after initial installation.
PERFORMANCE DATA
TFA FASTENERS CDS FASTENERS(1)
5052-H34 Aluminum Test Pin Installation Pull-off Clamp Load
Part Number
Type Installation Pullout Material (kN) (1) (N) (N)
CDS-100 6061-T6 Aluminum 0.33 18.1 7
N lbs. N lbs.
TFA-10-025
TFA-10-035
450 101 40 9
TFA-10-045
TFA-10-055
MSOFS STANDOFFS
Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material
Tightening .008” 300 Series Stainless Steel Tightening 0.2 mm 300 Series Stainless Steel
Thread Thread
UNIFIED
METRIC
(in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in.lbs.) (2) (N•m) (kN) (N) (N•m) (2)
MSOFS 080 .65 1500 69.8 1.29 MSOFS M1 0.019 6.67 311 0.146
MSOFS 256 1.3 1800 91.2 1.29 MSOFS M1.2 0.036 6.67 311 0.146
MSOFS M1.4 0.057 6.67 311 0.146
MSOFS M1.6 0.084 8 406 0.146
MSOFS M2 0.175 8 406 0.146
MSIA/MSIB INSERTS
Test Sheet Material
ABS Polycarbonate HOLE PREPARATION
Type Thread Length GUIDELINES
Code Code Pullout Torque-out Pullout Torque-out
(N) (N•cm) (2) (N) (N•cm) (2) Boss Dia.
2 x Insert Dia.
100 50 3.5 50 4.5
MSIA/MSIB M1
METRIC
SMTSO(3)(4) FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material
SMTSO TESTING CONDITIONS
Type .062” Single Layer RF-4
and Size Pushout Pushout Torque-out Torque-out
Oven Quad ZCR convection oven with 4 zones
(lbs.) (N) (in. lbs.) (N•m) High Temp 518˚F / 270˚C
Board Finish 62% Sn, 38% Pb
SMTSO-080
Screen Printer Ragin Manual Printer
SMTSO-M1
Vias None
SMTSO-M1.2 85.1 378.7 4.94 0.56 Spokes 2 Spoke Pattern
SMTSO-M1.4 Paste (lead-free) Amtech NC559LF Sn96.5/3.0Ag/0.5Cu (SAC305)
SMTSO-M1.6 Stencil .0067” / 0.17mm thick
(1) Specially designed installation punch prevents over-installation and damage to the fastener.
(2) Torque-out performance will depend on the strength and type of screw being used. In most cases, the screw threads will fail before the insert threads.
(3) With lead-free paste. Average values of 30 test points. The data presented here is for general comparison purposes only. Actual performance is
dependent upon application variables. We will be happy to provide samples for you to install. If required, we can also test your installed hardware and
provide you with the performance data specific to your application.
(4) Further testing details can be found in our web site’s literature section.
PF™
PEM® CAPTIVE
PANEL SCREWS
PEM® CAPTIVE PANEL SCREWS
PEM® brand captive panel screws are designed to help keep parts to a minimum and eliminate risks associated with loose
hardware that could fall out and damage internal components. These panel fastener assemblies are ideal to attach metal
panels or other thin material components in applications where subsequent access will be necessary.
PF11MW™ large knob, spring-loaded flare- SCBR™ tool only, spinning clinch bolt with
mounted, floating captive panel screws - spring - PAGE 162
PAGE 151
PF11PM™ large knob, spring-loaded plastic SCB™/SCBJ™ tool only, spinning clinch bolts,
PEM® C.A.P.S.® captive panel screws - no spring - PAGE 163
PAGE 152
PFHV™ screw, non-spring captive panel HSCB™, HSR™, and HSL™ heat sink mounting
screw - PAGE 153 fastener system - PAGES 164 - 165
PF7M™ captive panel screw, spring-loaded PF10™ tool only, flush-mounted captive panel
self-clinching captive panel screws - PAGE 154 screws, no spring - PAGES 166 - 167
PF30™ low-profile knob, spring-loaded captive REELFAST® SMTPF™ surface mount, panel
panel screws - PAGE 156 screw components - PAGE 169
PF50™ and PF60™ low-profile knob, spring- PFK™ screw head, spring-loaded broaching
loaded captive panel screws - PAGE 157 captive panel screws - PAGE 170
PF11/PF15 149 • • • • •
PF11M/PF15M 149 • • • • • •
PF12 149 • • • •
PF12M 149 • • • • •
PF11MF 150 • • • • • • • • •
PF12MF 150 • • • • • • • •
PF11MW 151 • • • • • • • • • • •
PF12MW 151 • • • • • • • • • •
PEM C.A.P.S. 152 • • • • •(1) • •
PFHV 153 • • •
PF7M 154 • • • • •
PF7MF 155 • • • • • • • •
PF30
PF31 156 • • • •
PF32
PF50
PF51 157 • • • • •
PF52
PF60
PF61 157 • • • •
PF62
PFC4 158 • • • • •
PFC2P 159 • • • • •
PFC2 160 • • • • • •
PFS2 160 • • • • •
SCBR 162 • •
SCB/SCBJ 163 • •
HSCB 164-165 • •
PF10 166-167 • • • •
SMTPFLSM 168 • • • • • •
SMTPF 169 • • • • •(1) •
PFK 170 • • • • • • •
Knurled Metal Cap Smooth Metal Cap Semi-smooth Metal Cap Black Metal Cap Plastic Cap
All metal cap available with All metal cap available All metal cap available with DuraBlack™ finish is scratch resistant. Available with custom
knurls. without knurls. partial knurls. Finish is on both metal cap and screw. color plastic cap.
(finish code “BL”) (See page 8 for colors)
Size Knurled Smooth Semi-smooth Code Max. + .003 Max. ± .010 ± .025 ± .025 Nom. Nom. Size C/LTo
Code Thickness
Cap Cap Cap - .000 Edge
.112-40 PF11 PF12 PF15 0 .170 .000
440 1 .036 .036 .219 .218 .417 .230 .060 .310 .450 #1 .28
(#4-40) PF11M PF12M PF15M
2 .290 .120
0 .230 .000
UNIFIED
Size x Knurled Smooth Semi-smooth Code Max. Max. ± 0.25 ± 0.64 ± 0.64 Nom. Nom. Size C/LTo
Code Thickness
+ 0.08
Pitch Cap Cap Cap Edge
0 4.32 0
PF11 PF12 PF15
M3 x 0.5 M3 1 0.92 0.92 5.56 5.54 10.59 5.84 1.52 7.87 11.43 #1 7.11
PF11M PF12M PF15M
2 7.37 3.05
0 5.84 0
METRIC
Threads:
Dimples on head External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g (1)
designate metric thread.
Material:
Knob: Aluminum
Retainer: Aluminum
PF11MF Screw: Hardened Carbon Steel
Knurled Cap Phillips Spring: 300 Series Stainless Steel
driver size.
PF12MF (See chart) Finish: Optional Finish (BL):
Smooth Cap Knob: Natural Finish Knob: Black anodize (2)
Retainer: Natural Finish Screw: Black nitride
Screw: Zinc plated per ASTM B633, SC1 (5µm), Type III, colorless (3) AMS2753,
Spring: Natural Finish Section 3 (2)
E
Shoulder
provides PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
positive T2
stop during PF11 M F – 632 – 1 BL
T1
installation. PF12 M F – 632 – 1
Size Knurled Smooth Code Max. In Sheet (4) Max. ± .010 ± .025 ± .025 Nom. Nom. Size
Code Thickness
Cap Cap +.005 - .000
.112-40 0 .170 .000
PF11MF PF12MF 440 1 .041 .031 .187 .186 .417 .230 .055 .310 .450 #1
(#4-40)
2 .290 .115
0 .230 .000
UNIFIED
.138-32
PF11MF PF12MF 632 1 .072 .060 .213 .212 .450 .290 .024 .450 .640 #2
(#6-32)
2 .350 .084
0 .230 .000
.164-32
PF11MF PF12MF 832 1 .072 .060 .266 .265 .514 .290 .024 .450 .640 #2
(#8-32)
2 .350 .084
0 .230 .000
.190-32
PF11MF PF12MF 032 1 .072 .060 .266 .265 .514 .290 .024 .450 .640 #2
(#10-32)
2 .350 .084
0 .290 .000
.250-20
PF11MF PF12MF 0420 1 .072 .060 .323 .322 .575 .350 .024 .530 .790 #3
(1/4-20)
2 .410 .084
Size x Knurled Smooth Code Max. In Sheet (4) Max. ± 0.25 ± 0.64 ± 0.64 Nom. Nom. Size
Code Thickness
Pitch Cap Cap +0.1
0 4.32 0
M3 x 0.5 PF11MF PF12MF M3 1 1.05 0.79 4.75 4.73 10.59 5.84 1.4 7.87 11.43 #1
METRIC
2 7.37 2.92
0 5.84 0
M4 x 0.7 PF11MF PF12MF M4 1 1.83 1.52 6.76 6.74 13.06 7.37 0.61 11.43 16.26 #2
2 8.89 2.13
0 5.84 0
M5 x 0.8 PF11MF PF12MF M5 1 1.83 1.52 6.76 6.74 13.06 7.37 0.61 11.43 16.26 #2
2 8.89 2.13
0 7.37 0
M6 x 1 PF11MF PF12MF M6 1 1.83 1.52 8.2 8.18 14.61 8.89 0.61 13.46 20.07 #3
2 10.41 2.13
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
(2) “BL” suffix will be added to part number to designate DuraBlack™ finish.
(3) See PEM Technical Support section of our website (www.pemnet.com) for related plating standards and specifications.
(4) See page 172 for countersunk hole size detail.
.138-32 1 .290
(#6-32) PF11MW PF12MW 632 1 2 .063 .115 .283 .450 .350 .413 .149 .127 .450 .640 #2 .076 .344
.164-32 1 .290
(#8-32) PF11MW PF12MW 832 1 2 .063 .121 .346 .514 .350 .469 .157 .140 .450 .640 #2 .076 .407
.190-32 1 .290
(#10-32) PF11MW PF12MW 032 1 2 .063 .121 .346 .514 .350 .469 .157 .140 .450 .640 #2 .076 .407
.250-20 1 .350
(1/4-20) PF11MW PF12MW 0420 1 2 .063 .128 .413 .575 .410 .531 .157 .140 .530 .790 #3 .081 .468
M3.5 x 0.6 PF11MW PF12MW M3.5 1 1 1.6 2.92 7.19 11.43 7.37 10.49 3.78 3.23 11.43 16.26 #2 1.93 8.74
2 8.89
M4 x 0.7 PF11MW PF12MW M4 1 1 1.6 3.07 8.79 13.06 7.37 11.91 3.99 3.56 11.43 16.26 #2 1.93 10.34
2 8.89
M5 x 0.8 1 7.37
PF11MW PF12MW M5 1 1.6 3.07 8.79 13.06 11.91 3.99 3.56 11.43 16.26 #2 1.93 10.34
2 8.89
M6 x 1 1 8.89
PF11MW PF12MW M6 1 1.6 3.25 10.49 14.61 13.48 3.99 3.56 13.46 20.07 #3 2.06 11.89
2 10.41
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
(2) “BL” suffix will be added to part number to designate DuraBlack™ finish.
(3) See PEM Technical Support section of our website (www.pemnet.com) for related plating standards and specifications.
(4) Other shank and screw lengths available.
PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 151
PEM® CAPTIVE PANEL SCREWS
Size Knurled Code + .003 Max. ± .010 ± .025 ± .025 Nom. Nom. Size C/LTo
Code Max. Thickness
Cap - .000 Edge
.112-40 0 .170 .000
PF11PM 440 1 .036 .036 .219 .218 .417 .230 .060 .310 .450 #2 .28
(#4-40)
UNIFIED
2 .290 .120
0 .230 .000
.138-32
PF11PM 632 1 .036 .036 .250 .249 .450 .290 .060 .450 .640 #2 .29
(#6-32)
2 .350 .120
0 .230 .000
.164-32
PF11PM 832 1 .036 .036 .312 .311 .514 .290 .060 .450 .640 #2 .33
(#8-32)
2 .350 .120
0 .230 .000
.190-32
PF11PM 032 1 .036 .036 .312 .311 .514 .290 .060 .450 .640 #2 .33
(#10-32)
2 .350 .120
Knurled Code Max. ± 0.25 ± 0.64 ± 0.64 Nom. Nom. Size C/LTo
Pitch Code Max. Thickness
+ 0.08
Cap Edge
0 4.32 0
METRIC
M3 x 0.5 PF11PM M3 1 0.92 0.92 5.56 5.54 10.59 5.84 1.52 7.87 11.43 #2 7.11
2 7.37 3.05
0 5.84 0
M4 x 0.7 PF11PM M4 1 0.92 0.92 7.92 7.9 13.06 7.37 1.52 11.43 16.26 #2 8.38
2 8.89 3.05
0 5.84 0
M5 x 0.8 PF11PM M5 1 0.92 0.92 7.92 7.9 13.06 7.37 1.52 11.43 16.26 #2 8.38
2 8.89 3.05
(1) The colors shown (except for black) are non-stocked standards and available on special order. Since actual color knob may vary slightly from those
represented, we recommend that you request samples for color verification. If you require a custom color or you need a “color matched” knob, please
contact us.
(2) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
(3) Temperature limit is 210˚ F / 99˚ C.
Phillips
driver size.
(See chart) Threads:
Dimples on head External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g (1)
designate metric Material:
thread. Retainer: Carbon Steel
Screw: Hardened Carbon Steel
For available drive
Finish:
configurations, see page 4. Retainer: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash per ASTM B689, Type II
Screw: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash (1)
For use in sheet hardness:
E
HRB 60 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale)
HB 107 or less (Hardness Brinell)
T2
H
T1
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
Shoulder PFHV – 632 – 0 CN
provides
P positive
A stop during G
C installation. Type Thread Size Screw Finish
Code Length Code
Clinching profile may vary. Code
Installation Data page 173. Performance Data page 181.
0 5.55 0
M3 x 0.5 PFHV M3 0.92 0.92 5.5 5.49 6.95 2.03 6.69 11.25 #1 5.8
1 7.56 1.9
0 6.01 0
M3.5 x 0.6 PFHV M3.5 0.92 0.92 6 5.98 7.45 2.34 7.45 12.47 #2 6.3
1 8.42 2.3
0 6.59 0
M4 x 0.7 PFHV M4 0.92 0.92 6.4 6.38 7.85 2.79 8.5 14.1 #2 6.7
1 9.39 2.7
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
Threads:
Dimples on head External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g (1)
designate metric thread.
Material:
Retainer: Carbon Steel
Phillips Screw: Hardened Carbon Steel
driver size. Spring: 300 Series Stainless Steel
(See chart) Finish:
Patented.
Retainer: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash per ASTM B689, Type II
Screw: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash
Spring: Natural Finish
H For use in sheet hardness:
HRB 60 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale)
HB 107 or less (Hardness Brinell)
Shoulder
provides T2
positive T1
stop during PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
installation.
PF7 M – 632 – 0 CN
P
A G
C
E Type Anti Thread Length Finish
Cross-thread Size Code
Feature Code
Clinching profile may vary.
Installation Data page 174. Performance Data page 182.
Code
Pitch Steel Code Max. Thickness +0.08 Max. ±0.25 ±0.25 ±0.64 ±0.64 Nom. Nom. Size To Edge
0 5.33 0
M3 x 0.5 PF7M M3 0.92 0.92 5.56 5.54 7.87 2.5 9.65 13.97 #2 7.11
1 6.86 1.65
0 6.1 0
M4 x 0.7 PF7M M4 0.92 0.92 7.92 7.9 10.29 3 10.92 16 #2 8.38
1 7.62 1.65
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
Shoulder
provides T2 PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
positive T1
stop during PF7 M F – 632 – 0
installation.
G1
Type Anti Flaring Thread Length
C G2 Cross-thread Size Code
A
E Feature Code
Code
Pitch Steel Code Max. Thickness +0.13 Max. ±0.25 ±0.25 ±0.64 ±0.64 Nom. Nom. Size
0 1.02 5.33
M3 x 0.5 PF7MF M3 1.05 0.79 4.75 4.73 7.87 2.5 9.65 13.97 #2
1 2.54 6.86
0 1.02 6.1
M4 x 0.7 PF7MF M4 1.83 1.52 6.76 6.74 10.29 3 10.92 16 #2
1 2.54 7.62
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
.138-32
PF31 632 30 .038 .040 .219 .218 .438 .300 .202 .325 .595 .28
(#6-32)
PF32 .058 .060
PF30 .030 .030
.164-32
PF31 832 30 .038 .040 .250 .249 .468 .300 .207 .330 .600 .29
(#8-32)
PF32 .058 .060
PF30 .030 .030
.190-32
PF31 032 30 .038 .040 .312 .311 .530 .300 .220 .335 .605 .33
(#10-32)
PF32 .058 .060
.250-20
(1/4-20) PF32 0420 35 .058 .060 .375 .374 .625 .350 .242 .385 .675 .38
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
G
PF50 – 440 – 1 CN
C A
P PF60 – 440 – 1 CN
Clinching profile may vary.
Installation Data page 175. Performance Data page 183. Type and Thread Size Screw Finish
Shank Code Code Length Code Code
All dimensions are in inches.
Type Screw A Min. Hole Size Min. Dist
Thread Knurled Smooth Thread Length (Shank) Sheet In Sheet C E G H P T1 T2 Driver HoleC/L
Size Cap Cap Code Code Max. Thickness + .003 -.000 Max. ±.010 ±.025 ±.008 ±.025 Max. Nom. Size To Edge
PF50 PF60 440 0 .030 .030 .203 .202 .406 .230 .207 .000 .340 .520 #1 .26
1 .290 .060
.112-40 PF51 PF61 440 0 .038 .040 .203 .202 .406 .230 .207 .000 .340 .520 #1 .26
(#4-40) 1 .290 .052
PF52 PF62 440 0 .058 .060 .203 .202 .406 .230 .207 .000 .340 .520 #1 .26
1 .290 .032
PF50 PF60 632 0 .030 .030 .219 .218 .438 .230 .207 .000 .340 .520 #2 .28
1 .290 .060
.138-32 PF51 PF61 632 0 .038 .040 .219 .218 .438 .230 .207 .000 .340 .520 #2 .28
UNIFIED
PF52 PF62 M3.5 0 1.48 1.5 5.56 5.54 11.1 5.84 5.26 0 8.64 13.21 #2 7.1
1 7.37 0.81
PF50 PF60 M4 0 0.77 0.8 6.4 6.38 11.9 5.84 5.51 0 8.64 13.46 #2 7.4
1 7.37 1.52
M4 x 0.7 PF51 PF61 M4 0 0.97 1 6.4 6.38 11.9 5.84 5.51 0 8.64 13.46 #2 7.4
1 7.37 1.32
PF52 PF62 M4 0 1.48 1.5 6.4 6.38 11.9 5.84 5.51 0 8.64 13.46 #2 7.4
1 7.37 0.81
PF50 PF60 M5 0 0.77 0.8 8 7.98 13.5 5.84 5.72 0 8.64 13.46 #2 8.4
1 7.37 1.52
M5 x 0.8 PF51 PF61 M5 0 0.97 1 8 7.98 13.5 5.84 5.72 0 8.64 13.46 #2 8.4
1 7.37 1.32
PF52 PF62 M5 0 1.48 1.5 8 7.98 13.5 5.84 5.72 0 8.64 13.46 #2 8.4
1 7.37 0.81
M6 x 1 PF52 PF62 M6 0 1.48 1.5 9.5 9.48 15.9 7.11 6.25 0 10.04 15.24 #2 9.7
1 8.64 1.52
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
40 .250 .000
.138-32
PFC4 632 62 .060 .060 .281 .280 .375 .375 .125 .380 .540 #2 .28
(#6-32)
84 .500 .250
50 .312 .000
.164-32
PFC4 832 72 .060 .060 .312 .311 .406 .437 .125 .480 .705 #2 .31
(#8-32)
94 .562 .250
50 .312 .000
.190-32
PFC4 032 72 .060 .060 .344 .343 .437 .437 .125 .490 .705 #2 .34
(#10-32)
94 .562 .250
M3 x 0.5 PFC4 M3 1.53 1.53 6.73 6.71 8.74 9.4 13.72 #1 6.35
62 9.5 3.2
50 7.9 0
M4 x 0.7 PFC4 M4 72 1.53 1.53 7.92 7.9 10.31 11.1 3.2 12.19 17.91 #2 7.87
94 14.3 6.4
50 7.9 0
M5 x 0.8 PFC4 M5 72 1.53 1.53 8.74 8.72 11.1 11.1 3.2 12.45 17.91 #2 8.63
94 14.3 6.4
Optional Finish:
Shoulder Retainer: BN - Black nitride, AMS2753, Section 3
provides T2 Screw: BN - Black nitride, AMS2753, Section 3
positive
T1 For use in sheet hardness:
stop during
installation. HRB 70 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale)
HB 125 or less (Hardness Brinell)
PEM
Trademark
Blue plastic PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
P G retaining ring.
A PFC2P – 832 – 50
C
Clinching profile may vary.
Installation Data page 176. Performance Data page 183. Type and Thread Size Screw
Material Code Length Code
All dimensions are in inches.
Hole Size
Screw A Min. Min. Dist.
Thread Thread In Sheet C E G P T1 T2 Driver
Type Length (Shank) Sheet HoleC/L
Size Code + .003 Max. ± .010 ± .016 ±.025 Max. Nom. Size
Code Max. Thickness To Edge
- .000
.112-40 40 .250 .000
PFC2P 440 .060 .060 .265 .264 .312 .370 .540 #1 .25
(#4-40) 62 .375 .125
40 .250 .000
.138-32
PFC2P 632 62 .060 .060 .281 .280 .344 .375 .125 .380 .540 #2 .28
(#6-32)
UNIFIED
84 .500 .250
50 .312 .000
.164-32
PFC2P 832 72 .060 .060 .312 .311 .375 .437 .125 .480 .705 #2 .31
(#8-32)
94 .562 .250
50 .312 .000
.190-32
PFC2P 032 72 .060 .060 .344 .343 .406 .437 .125 .490 .705 #2 .34
(#10-32)
94 .562 .250
60 .375 .000
.250-20
PFC2P 0420 82 .060 .060 .413 .412 .468 .500 .125 .620 .905 #3 .38
(1/4-20)
04 .625 .250
M4 x 0.7 PFC2P M4 72 1.53 1.53 7.92 7.9 9.53 11.1 3.2 12.19 17.91 #2 7.87
94 14.3 6.4
50 7.9 0
M5 x 0.8 PFC2P M5 72 1.53 1.53 8.74 8.72 10.31 11.1 3.2 12.45 17.91 #2 8.63
94 14.3 6.4
60 9.5 0
M6 x 1 PFC2P M6 82 1.53 1.53 10.49 10.47 11.89 12.7 3.2 15.75 22.99 #3 9.65
04 15.9 6.4
PFC2 PFS2
Threads: Threads:
External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g (1)
Material: Material:
Retainer: 300 Series Stainless Steel (2) Retainer: Hardened Carbon Steel (2)
Screw: 300 Series Stainless Steel Screw: Carbon Steel
Spring: 300 Series Stainless Steel Spring: 300 Series Stainless Steel
Retaining Ring: Nylon, temperature limit 200˚ F / 93˚ C Retaining Ring: Nylon, temperature limit 200˚ F / 93˚ C
Finish: Finish:
Retainer: Passivated and/or tested per ASTM A380 Retainer: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash per ASTM B689, Type II
Screw: Passivated and/or tested per ASTM A380 Screw: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash per ASTM B689, Type II
Spring: Natural Finish Spring: Natural Finish
Optional Finish: Optional Finish:
Retainer: BN - Black nitride, AMS2753, Section 3 Retainer: BN - Black nitride, AMS2753, Section 3
Available with
Screw: BN - Black nitride, AMS2753, Section 3 Screw: BN - Black nitride, AMS2753, Section 3
DuraBlackTM finish
PFC2/PFS2 (Finish Code “BN”) For use in sheet hardness: For use in sheet hardness:
HRB 70 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale) HRB 80 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale)
HB 125 or less (Hardness Brinell) HB 150 or less (Hardness Brinell)
PEM Trademark
Blue plastic Type and Thread Size Screw Finish
P G retaining ring Material Code Length Code
Code
C A
Clinching profile may vary. Installation Data page 175. Performance Data page 181.
All dimensions are in inches.
Type Hole Size
Screw A Min. Min. Dist.
Thread Thread In Sheet C E G H P T1 T2
Length (Shank) Sheet HoleC/L
Size Stainless Code + .003 Max. ± .010 ±.016 ±.005 ±.025 Max. Nom.
Steel Code Max. Thickness To Edge
Steel - .000
.112-40 40 .250 .000
PFC2 PFS2 440 .060 .060 .265 .264 .312 .072 .360 .540 .25
(#4-40) 62 .375 .125
40 .250 .000
.138-32
UNIFIED
PFC2 PFS2 632 62 .060 .060 .281 .280 .344 .375 .072 .125 .360 .540 .28
(#6-32)
84 .500 .250
50 .312 .000
.164-32
PFC2 PFS2 832 72 .060 .060 .312 .311 .375 .437 .082 .125 .450 .690 .31
(#8-32)
94 .562 .250
50 .312 .000
.190-32
PFC2 PFS2 032 72 .060 .060 .344 .343 .406 .437 .082 .125 .450 .690 .34
(#10-32)
94 .562 .250
60 .375 .000
.250-20
PFC2 PFS2 0420 82 .060 .060 .413 .412 .468 .500 .097 .125 .580 .880 .38
(1/4-20)
04 .625 .250
50 7.9 0
M4 x 0.7 PFC2 PFS2 M4 72 1.53 1.53 7.92 7.9 9.53 11.1 2.08 3.2 11.43 17.53 7.87
94 14.3 6.4
50 7.9 0
M5 x 0.8 PFC2 PFS2 M5 72 1.53 1.53 8.74 8.72 10.31 11.1 2.08 3.2 11.47 17.53 8.63
94 14.3 6.4
60 9.5 0
M6 x 1 PFC2 PFS2 M6 82 1.53 1.53 10.49 10.47 11.89 12.7 2.46 3.2 14.73 22.35 9.65
04 15.9 6.4
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
(2) The blue plastic retaining rings are a PEM trademark. The temperature limit is 200° F / 93° C.
PEM® CAPTIVE PANEL SCREWS
Material:
PTL2/PSL2 installed and with Plunger: Hardened Carbon Steel
mating panel. Minimum mating Retainer: Hardened Carbon Steel
hole diameter .251” / 6.38 mm. Spring: 300 Series Stainless Steel
Finish:
Plunger: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash per ASTM B689, Type II
Retainer: CN - Bright nickel over copper flash per ASTM B689, Type II
Spring: Natural Finish
For use in sheet hardness:
HRB 80 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale)
HB 150 or less (Hardness Brinell)
Lockout feature holds E1
plunger in retracted
position. Simply H
T2
retract and twist PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
to engage lockout T1
feature. E2 PTL2 – 04 – 4 CN
Shoulder
provides
positive G Type Plunger Plunger Finish
C
stop during A Diameter Length Code
installation. Code Code
Clinching profile may vary. D
PTL2 04 4 .058 .060 .328 .327 .250 .50 .406 .310 .17 .595 .895 .34
PSL2 (1) 04 4 .058 .060 .328 .327 .250 .50 .406 .310 .17 .510 .780 .34
PTL2 04 4 1.47 1.53 8.33 8.31 6.35 12.7 10.3 7.87 4.32 15.11 22.73 8.64
PSL2 (1) 04 4 1.47 1.53 8.33 8.31 6.35 12.7 10.3 7.87 4.32 12.95 19.81 8.64
Phillips
driver size.
(See chart)
E
Threads:
External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g (1)
Material:
H2
Screw - Hardened Carbon Steel
Spring - 300 series stainless steel
H1 Finish:
L Screw - Zinc plated per ASTM B633, SC1 (5µm), Type III, colorless
Spring: Natural Finish
For use in sheet hardness:
HRB 80 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale)
HB 150 or less (Hardness Brinell)
.112-40
SCBR 440 8 .040 .112 .348 .165 .495 .130 #1 .175
(#4-40)
.138-32
SCBR 632 8 .040 .138 .381 .170 .500 .130 #2 .190
(#6-32)
.164-32
SCBR 832 8 .040 .164 .410 .175 .505 .130 #2 .205
(#8-32)
Pitch Type Code (Length Code in millimeters) Thickness +0.08 –0.25 ±0.13 Ref. Nom. Size To Edge
M3 x 0.5 SCBR M3 12 1.02 3 9.1 4.2 11.8 3.3 #1 4.5
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
SCB with
axial float.
SCBJ with
jacking feature.
SCBJ
Phillips
T driver size.
(See chart)
Threads:
External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g (1)
Material:
Hardened Carbon Steel
Finish:
L H E Zinc plated per ASTM B633, SC1 (5µm), Type III, colorless
For use in sheet hardness:
SCB HRB 80 or less (Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale)
HB 150 or less (Hardness Brinell)
Phillips
T driver size.
(See chart)
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
SCB J – 632 – 6 ZI
Type Length Code “L” ±.015 Min. Hole Size T Nom. Min. Dist.
Thread Thread
(Length Code in 16ths of an inch) Sheet in Sheet E H Nom. Axial Driver HoleC/L
Size Jacking Non-jacking Code Thickness +.003 –.000 ±.010 Nom. Float Size To Edge
.250 .375 .500 – 4 – 6 – 8
UNIFIED
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
HSR
To select proper length code of nut/standoff:
HSL Patented
1) Determine “G”, the distance from the top surface of the heat sink to
HSCB
the top of the P.C. Board.
2) Find the combination of Screw (HSCB) and Nut (HSR) whose sum
• Screw can not be overtightened. Audible “click” when fully
of Screw Factor (SF) plus Nut Factor (NF) are closest to G.
engaged. 3) Find D = G – SF – NF. The D value must be a negative number
• Screw and spring mount together permanently into the heat between zero and 1mm or 1/32” (1 dash length of HSR nut).
sink. 4) The actual working load is equal to the Spring (HSL) Working Load
• Spring determines clamp force. + (D x spring rate k). Lower D value results in lower force.
• Receptacle nut mounts permanently to the P.C. board.
• Provides even, constant contact of heat sink to chip If this or any standard product does not meet your application
component. needs, contact our PEM Technical Support group at
• Allows removal of heat sink if desired. [email protected] to develop a special product that
matches your specific application.
H2
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
H1
HSCB – 440 – 4 ZI
L
TS
Type Thread Length Finish
Installation Data page 177. Size Code
Performance Data page 182. Code
All dimensions are in inches.
Length Code “L” ±.015 Min. Hole Size Screw Min. Dist
Thread Thread Sheet in Sheet ES H1 H2 TS Factor Driver HoleC/L
UNIFIED
Size Type Code .320 Thickness +.003 –.000 ±.010 Ref. Ref. Min. (SF) Size To Edge
.112-40
HSCB 440 4 .040 .112 .312 .300 .470 .130 .170 #1 .156
(#4-40)
.138-32
HSCB 632 4 .040 .138 .352 .300 .470 .130 .170 #2 .178
(#6-32)
NOTE: HSCB screws, HSR nuts and HSL springs are sold separately.
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
(2) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
Installation Data page 177. Performance Data page 182. Type Thread Length Finish
Size Code
Code
All dimensions are in inches.
NOTE: HSCB screws, HSR nuts and HSL springs are sold separately.
(1) See PEM Technical Support section of our website (www.pemnet.com) for related plating standards and specifications.
(2) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
Spring I.D.
HSL™ SPRINGS Min.
HSL springs are engineered to provide a reliable and repeatable spring rate when
assembled with mating PEM hardware. The spring rate is critical to the successful
assembly of your heat sink. Clamp load will be determined by the spring rate and
deflection that is designed into the joint.
NOTE: HSCB screws, HSR nuts and HSL springs are sold separately. HSL-574-35 spring fits screw
thread sizes #4-40 and M3 and HSL-701-35 spring fits screw thread size #6-32.
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
The HSL Inside Diameter Code is expressed in hundredths of millimeters.
Example “574” indicates a minimum inside diameter of 5.74mm or .226”. HSL – 574 – 35
The HSL Load Code is expressed in Newtons developed at the working height of the spring
once the joint is assembled.
Type Inside Load
Example “35” indicates working load of 35 Newtons, or approximately 8 lbs. Diameter Code
Code
For designs requiring a specific spring rate, contact our PEM Technical Support group at
[email protected]
PS10 Screw
M
N10
Receptacle T G PR10 A
Nut P Retainer
PR10 Retainer Manually N10
Retracted
PS10 Screw Receptacle
Position
Nut
Installation Data page 178. Performance Data page 183.
METRIC
M P M P
Min. Nom. ± .010 Nom. Min. Nom. ± 0.25 Nom.
.04 .125 .40 .16 .28 .13 1 3.18 10.16 4.06 7.11 3.3
T
Type and Thread Size Screw
Material Code Length
Code
All dimensions are in inches. All dimensions are in millimeters.
.112-40
PS10 440 40 .18 .075 .33 .13 M3 x 0.5 PS10 M3 40 4.7 1.91 8.38 3.3
UNIFIED
(#4-40)
.138-32 M4 x 0.7 PS10 M4 40 6.3 1.91 8.38 3.3
PS10 632 40 .21 .075 .33 .13
(#6-32)
.164-32 M5 x 0.8 PS10 M5 40 7.1 1.91 8.38 3.3
PS10 832 40 .25 .075 .33 .13
(#8-32)
.190-32
PS10 032 40 .28 .075 .33 .13
(#10-32)
PR10 440 .125 .050 .125 .281 .195 .280 .31 .075 .31
(#4-40)
.138-32
PR10 632 .125 .050 .125 .312 .225 .311 .34 .075 .33
(#6-32)
.164-32
PR10 832 .125 .050 .125 .344 .255 .343 .37 .075 .34
(#8-32)
.190-32
PR10 032 .125 .050 .125 .375 .290 .374 .41 .075 .36
(#10-32)
N10 440 1 .038 .040 .187 .186 .28 .130 .126 .24 .22
(#4-40)
.138-32
N10 632 1 .038 .040 .213 .212 .31 .130 .156 .24 .27
(#6-32)
.164-32
N10 832 1 .038 .040 .250 .249 .34 .130 .187 .24 .28
(#8-32)
.190-32
N10 032 1 .038 .040 .277 .276 .37 .130 .213 .24 .31
(#10-32)
Size Type Code Code Max. Thickness Max. ±.010 Nom ±.025 ±.025 ±.010 Nom. Nom. +.003 -.000 Pad Size
.112-40 0 .040 .210
SMTPFLSM 440 .063 .063 .215 .280 .300 .100 .38 .55 .220 .340 T15
(#4-40) 1 .100 .270
.138-32 0 .040 .240 .100 .42 .62
SMTPFLSM 632 .063 .063 .247 .310 .320 .252 .400 T15
(#6-32) 1 .100 .300
Size Type Code Code Max. Thickness Max. ±0.25 Nom ±0.64 ±0.64 ±0.25 Nom. Nom. +0.08 Pad Size
0 1 5.3
M3 x 0.5 SMTPFLSM M3 1.6 1.6 5.46 7 7.6 2.5 9.6 14 5.6 8.6 T15
1 2.5 6.8
0 1 6.1 2.5 10.7 15.7
M3.5 x 0.6 SMTPFLSM M3.5 1.6 1.6 6.27 7.9 8.13 6.4 10.2 T15
1 2.5 7.62
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be gauged to
Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, Section 8, Paragraph 8.2
(2) Optimal solderability life noted on packaging.
L
When Assembled
Spring action of
plastic “fingers” PSHP C1 E1 E C B
holds screw T2
in retracted T1
position.
SMTPR
T A R
PC Board P
Patented.
G
Installation Data page 179. Performance Data page 183.
All dimensions are in inches.
Screw Part Number Assembly Dimensions Screw Dimensions R etainer Dimensions
Screw Retainer Total A Min.
Thread Thread Length Part G P T1 T2 Radial C1 E1 L T (Shank) Sheet B C E R
UNIFIED
Size Type Code Code Number ± .025 ± .025 Nom. Nom. Float ±.010 ±.010 ±.015 Nom. Max. Thick. ±.003 Max. Nom. ±.005
.112-40 0 .188 .000 .510 .663
PSHP 440 SMTPR-6-1 .478 .646 .015 .440 .542 .060 .060 .167 .249 .375 .325
(#4-40) 1 .248 .026 .570 .723
.138-32 0 .188 .000 .510 .663
(#6-32) PSHP 632 SMTPR-6-1 .478 .646 .020 .440 .542 .060 .060 .167 .249 .375 .325
1 .248 .026 .570 .723
Pitch Type Code Code Number ± 0.64 ± 0.64 Nom. Nom. Float ±0.25 ±0.25 ±0.38 Nom. Max. Thick. ±0.08 Max. Nom. ±0.13
0 4.78 0 12.95 16.84
M3 x 0.5 PSHP M3 SMTPR-6-1 12.14 16.41 .38 11.18 13.77 1.53 1.53 4.24 6.33 9.53 8.26
1 6.3 .66 14.48 18.36
0 4.78 0 12.95 16.84
M3.5 x 0.6 PSHP M3.5 SMTPR-6-1 12.14 16.41 .51 11.18 13.77 1.53 1.53 4.24 6.33 9.53 8.26
1 6.3 .66 14.48 18.36
RETAINER - Packaged on 330 mm recyclable reels of 400 pieces. Tape width is 24 mm. Supplied with Kapton® patch for vacuum pick up. Reels conform to EIA-481.
SCREW - Packaged in bags. Retainers and screws are sold separately.
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION FOR SCREW PART NUMBER DESIGNATION FOR RETAINER
PSHP – 632 – 0 L 001 SMTPR – 6 – 1 ET
Type Thread Length Cap Color Code Type Retainer Size Shank Code Finish
Code Code Style (Std. Black)
.396”/
COLOR CAPABILITIES FOR TYPE PSHP SCREW 10.06 mm
The colors shown here (codes #002 thru #007) are non-stocked standards and available on special order. Since actual Min.
cap colors may vary slightly from those shown here, we recommend that you request samples for color verification. If Solder
you require a custom color or you need a “color matched” cap, please contact us. Available with Torx®
Pad
recess on special order.
Std. Black #001 Red #002 Orange #003 Yellow #004 Green #005 Blue #006 Violet #007 Plated through hole
not required.
Four dimples on
head designate .250” +.003 –.000
metric thread. 6.35 mm +0.08
Non-flammable UL 94-V0 plastic caps are available on special order.
Stencil Masking Examples
(1) As with all Class 2A/6g external threads with an additive finish, the Metal Phillips Recess
maximum major and pitch, after plating, may equal basic sizes and be #4-40 & M3 = #1
gauged to Class 3A/4h, per ANSI B1.1, Section 8, Table 3A and ANSI B1.13M, #6-32 & M3.5 = #2
Section 8, Paragraph 8.2.
(2) See PEM Technical Support section of our website (www.pemnet.com) for
related plating standards and specifications. PennEngineering • www.pemnet.com 169
PEM® CAPTIVE PANEL SCREWS
Threads:
External, ASME B1.1, 2A / ASME B1.13M, 6g
Material:
Retainer: 300 Series Stainless Steel
Screw: 300 Series Stainless Steel
Spring: 300 Series Stainless Steel
Blue plastic retaining ring* Retaining Ring: Nylon, temperature limit 200˚ F / 93˚ C
(Trademark) Finish:
E Retainer: Passivated and/or tested per ASTM A380
Screw: Passivated and/or tested per ASTM A380
Spring: Natural Finish
Diagonal knurl H
identifies metric T2 Shoulder For use in:
thread sizes PC Boards
provides
T1 positive
stop during
installation. PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
G PFK – 632 – 40
A
P C
40 .250 .000
.112-40 PFK 440 62 .060 .060 .265 .283 .312 .375 .072 .125 .36 .54 .20
(#4-40) 84 .500 .250
40 .250 .000
.138-32 PFK 632 62 .060 .060 .281 .299 .344 .375 .072 .125 .36 .54 .26
(#6-32)
84 .500 .250
VALUE-ADDED CAPABILITIES
Use PF11PM captive panel screw and TPXS Consider adding an o-ring to our PEM
pin in conjunction to satisfy the requirements C.A.P.S.® captive panel screw. When
of the PICMG 3.0 of the Advanced TCA®. fastened, it provides a tight seal above
the panel.
PennEngineering is a licensee of MAThread® Anti Cross-Threading Technology. This unique design allows the threads
to self-align and drive easily with reduced effort. This helps speed assembly, reduce or eliminate failures, repairs,
scrap, downtime, and warranty service associated with thread damage. This option is available on most types of PEM
captive panel screws.
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of PEM® self-clinching fasteners.
Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
METRIC
440 .260 .437 8003521 8003518 M3 6.6 11.1 8003521 8003518 ANVIL
632 .390 .468 8003522 8003519 M3.5 9.91 11.89 8003522 8003519
832 .390 .531 8003523 8003520 M4 9.91 13.49 8003523 8003520
032 .390 .531 8003523 8004350 M5 9.91 13.49 8003523 8004350
0420 .480 .598 8004351 8004352 M6 12.19 15.19 8004351 8004352 C
M3 6.6 11.1 3.12 3.38 8003521 8013670 .015” ±.005” COUNTERSINK DETAIL 90˚
0.38mm ±0.1mm 90˚ Nom.
M4 9.91 13.49 5.13 5.33 8003523 8013672
Nom. E
M5 9.91 13.49 5.13 5.33 8003523 8013672
F
M6 12.19 15.19 6.48 6.71 8004351 8013674
Mounting Hole Dia.
(see page 148)
(1) Punches and anvils should be hardened.
PF11MW™/PF12MW™ FASTENERS
Max. Screw PUNCH
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Extension
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, place
FLARING PUNCH DETAIL
workpiece over shank of fastener, then place the WASHER
I
washer over the shank of the fastener. PANEL .010” R /
0.254mm R
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces Max.
parallel, apply squeezing force with flaring punch. .003” R /
A 0.08mm R
Max.
ANVIL E
F
G
C H
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling (1)
440 .260 .437 .120 .135 .204 .250 .015 8003521 8014304
632 .390 .468 .140 .159 .249 .300 .015 8003522 8014305
832 .390 .531 .201 .217 .340 .400 .028 8003523 8014306
032 .390 .531 .201 .217 .340 .400 .028 8003523 8014306
0420 .480 .598 .252 .271 .430 .500 .028 8004351 8014307
PFHV™ FASTENERS
Thread Dia. +.080” / +2 mm
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch
side) over shank of fastener. Max. Screw PUNCH
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until Extension
the shoulder of the retainer comes in contact with the sheet material.
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling(1)
Anvil Dimensions (in.) Anvil Dimensions (mm) A
Thread A C Anvil Part Punch Part Thread A C Anvil Part Punch Part ANVIL
UNIFIED
METRIC
Code ±.002 ±.002 Number Number Code ±0.05 ±0.05 Number Number
440 .220 .285 8004688 970200009400 M3 5.59 7.24 8004688 970200020400
632 .250 .301 8004689 8015656 M3.5 6.35 7.65 8004689 8015656
832 .285 .332 8005439 970200230400 M4 7.24 8.43 8005439 970200230400 C
PF7M™ FASTENERS
Max. Screw
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet with Extension .020” / .51mm x
countersink. Do not perform any secondary operations 45˚ Nom.
such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece
over the shank of fastener.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply ANVIL
squeezing force to flare the retainer of the fastener. A PUNCH DETAIL
Code ±.002 ±.002 +.003 –.000 ±.002 Part No. Part No. C 90˚ Nom.
440 .319 .290 .123 .133 8016175 8013670
632 .333 .330 .143 .156 8016176 8013671 COUNTERSINK DETAIL E
832 .353 .385 .202 .210 8016177 8013672 90˚ Nom. F
PF30™/PF31™/PF32™ FASTENERS
Thread Dia. +.080” / +2mm
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch side)
over shank of fastener. Max. Screw
PUNCH
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the Extension
shoulder of the retainer comes in contact with the sheet material.
METRIC
UNIFIED
PF50™/PF51™/PF52™/PF60™/PF61™/PF62™ FASTENERS
Thread Dia. +.080” / +2mm
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch side)
over shank of fastener. Max. Screw
Extension PUNCH
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the
shoulder of the retainer comes in contact with the sheet material.
METRIC
PFC4™ FASTENERS
Thread Dia. +.080” / +2mm
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch side)
over shank of fastener. Max. Screw PUNCH
Extension
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the
shoulder of the retainer comes in contact with the sheet material.
Installation Requirements
1. Sheet hardness must be less than 88 on the Rockwell “B” scale. ANVIL
2. Hole punch should be kept sharp to minimize work hardening around hole. A
3. Fastener should be installed in punch side of hole.
4. Fastener should not be installed near bends or other highly cold worked areas
where sheet hardness may be greater than 88 on the Rockwell “B” scale.
C
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling(1)
Anvil Dimensions (in.) Anvil Dimensions (mm)
Thread A C Anvil Part Punch Part Thread A C Anvil Part Punch Part
METRIC
Code ±.002 ±.002 Number Number Code ±0.05 ±0.05 Number Number
UNIFIED
440 .345 .358 975200027 975200060 M3 8.76 9.09 975200027 975200060
PFC2P™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch side) over shank of fastener.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the shoulder of the retainer comes in
contact with the sheet material.
440 .345 .323 975200026 975200060 Max. Screw PUNCH
Extension
632 .345 .358 975200027 975200061
832 .435 .386 975200028 975200062
032 .435 .421 975200029 975200063
ANVIL
Anvil Dimensions (mm)
Thread A C Anvil Part Punch Part A
METRIC
PFC2™/PFS2™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary Thread Dia. +.080” / +2mm
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch
side) over shank of fastener.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until Max. Screw PUNCH
Extension
the shoulder of the retainer comes in contact with the sheet material.
METRIC
A
UNIFIED
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch side) Max. Pin PUNCH
Extension
over shank of fastener.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the
shoulder of the retainer comes in contact with the sheet material.
Type Type
±.002 ±.002 Number Number ±0.05 ±0.05 Number Number
PTL2 .580 .520 975201245 970200013300 PTL2 14.86 13.21 975201245 970200013300
PSL2 .490 .520 8021146 970200013300 PSL2 12.47 13.21 8021146 970200013300
C
(1) Punches and anvils should be hardened.
A
UNIFIED
Thread A C Anvil Part Punch Part Thread A C Anvil Part Punch Part
Code ±.002 ±.002 Number Number Code ±0.05 ±0.05 Number Number
440 .320 .323 975200026 975200060 M3 8.13 8.2 975200026 975200060
632 .320 .358 975200027 975200061
SCBR™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring. If the hole is punched, be
Magnetic
sure to install fastener into punched side of hole. Punch (1)
K
2. Assemble spring on screw by rotating spring counter clockwise
and position assembly into recessed magnetic punch. J
3. Position hole in workpiece over retractable anvil pin.
4. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing BEFORE
force on top of the screw head and the underside of the sheet
material. The squeezing action forces the displacer of the screw Magnetic
into the sheet, causing it to reduce the mounting hole diameter and Punch (1)
captivate the screw.
AFTER
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling(1)
Magnetic
Thread Installation Tooling Dimensions (in.) Anvil Magnetic Punch Punch (1)
UNIFIED
SCB™/SCBJ™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet.
2. Place the fastener through mounting hole and into anvil. A flat or H
recessed punch can be used.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing E
force to the top of the screw head and the underside of the sheet
material. The squeezing action forces the shoulder of the screw
into the sheet, displacing sheet material, causing it to fill the void
under the head and shoulder of the screw.
Code C E H
440 .113 - .116 .270 - .280 .073 - .074
632 .139 - .142 .308 - .318 .073 - .074 L*
+.125” / 3.18mm
Min.
Installation Tooling Dimensions (mm)
Thread
METRIC
Code C E H
M3 3.03 - 3.11 6.86 - 7.11 1.85 - 1.88
M4 4.03 - 4.11 8.53 - 8.79 1.85 - 1.88 * For “L”,
see page 163.
(1) Punches and anvils should be hardened. C
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in heat sink. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring. If the hole is punched, be sure to
install the fastener into the punch side of the hole. PUNCH
2. Place the head of the screw into the recess of the installation anvil
and position assembly into recessed magnetic punch.
3. Place the spring over the shoulder of the screw, maintaining concentricity.
4. Position the heat sink mounting hole over the screw.
5. Bring the heat sink down over the screw and onto the shoulder of the screw.
6. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply a squeezing force
to the heat sink and the head of the screw. The squeezing action forces the ANVIL
displacer of the screw into the heat sink, causing it to reduce the mounting
hole diameter and captivate the screw and spring.
AFTER
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling(1)
Thread Installation Tooling Dimensions (in.) Anvil Punch
UNIFIED
ANVIL
Code C J Part Number Part Number
M3 3.03 - 3.11 8.43 - 8.48 8018045 970200229300
HSR™ NUT/STANDOFF
ANVIL
Thread P Anvil Part Punch Part
Code A ±0.13 Number Number
HSR-M3 5.8 - 5.86 2.92 8023700 975200048
A
(1) Punches and anvils should be hardened.
FINAL ASSEMBLY
Once the screw and spring are captivated, assemble the heat sink to the circuit board by tightening the screw into the
receptacle nut or standoff until the audible “click” is heard. The screw will continue to rotate, but will no longer be engaged
in the threads or continue to actively tighten.
PR10™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any PUNCH
secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into the mounting hole.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force ANVIL
until the retainer is flush in the sheet.
N10™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into recessed anvil, and place workpiece (preferably the punch side)
over shank of fastener. PUNCH
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the
shoulder of the nut comes in contact with the sheet material.
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling(1) A
Code ±.002 ±.002 Number Number Code ±0.05 ±0.05 Number Number
UNIFIED
ANVIL
440 .225 .298 8006124 975200048 M3 5.72 7.57 8006124 975200048
632 .225 .329 8006735 975200048 M4 5.72 9.17 8006736 975200048 C
832 .225 .361 8006736 975200048 M5 5.72 9.6 8006174 975200048
032 .225 .392 8006174 975200048
SMTPF™ RETAINER
Polyimide patch applied
here for vacuum pick up. Screw snapped in place.
METRIC
UNIFIED
PF11MF™ FASTENERS
Type Thread Installation Retainer Pullout Type Thread Installation Retainer Pullout
Code (lbs.) (lbs.) Code (kN) (N)
METRIC
UNIFIED
PF11MW™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread .060” Cold-rolled Steel Type Thread 1.52mm Cold-rolled Steel
Code Swaging Force Retainer Pullout Code Swaging Force Retainer Pullout
UNIFIED
440 350 112 M3 1557 499
632 400 138 M3.5 1779 612
PF11MW 832 700 202 PF11MW M4 3114 897
032 700 202 M5 3114 897
0420 900 212 M6 4003 945
PFHV™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
UNIFIED
METRIC
Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (kN) (N) (kN) (N)
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
PF7M™ FASTENERS
Rec. Min. Test Sheet Material
Tightening Screw Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel
Type Thread Torque Tensile
UNIFIED
Code (in. lbs.) (2) Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
PF7M 440 4.5 580 1500 80 2500 145
PF7M 632 8.6 855 2000 95 3500 150
PF7M 832 15.6 1300 3000 100 4500 160
PF7MF™ FASTENERS
Rec. Rec.
Tightening Min. Screw Retainer Tightening Min. Screw Retainer
METRIC
UNIFIED
Type Thread Torque Tensile Installation Pullout Type Thread Torque Tensile Installation Pullout
Code (in. lbs.) (2) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) Code (N•m) (2) (N) (kN) (N)
PF7MF 440 4.5 580 250 81 PF7MF M3 0.66 2900 1.1 360
PF7MF 632 8.6 855 300 175 PF7MF M4 1.57 5010 1.5 800
PF7MF 832 15.6 1300 350 180
PF30™/PF31™/PF32™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (kN) (N) (kN) (N)
PF31 440 2200 105 5000 110 PF31 M3 9.8 465 22.2 489
PF32 440 2200 185 5000 300 PF32 M3 9.8 823 22.2 1334
UNIFIED
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) Torque values shown will produce a preload of 70% minimum tensile with nut factor “k” equal to .1
PF50™/PF51™/PF52™/PF60™/PF61™/PF62™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (kN) (N) (kN) (N)
PF50/PF60 440 2200 64 5000 90 PF50/PF60 M3 9.8 285 22.2 400
PF51/PF61 440 2200 105 5000 110 PF51/PF61 M3 9.8 465 22.2 489
PF52/PF62 440 2200 185 5000 300 PF52/PF62 M3 9.8 823 22.2 1334
UNIFIED
METRIC
PF50/PF60 632 2400 66 5500 90 PF50/PF60 M3.5 10.7 294 24.4 400
PF51/PF61 632 2400 105 5500 130 PF51/PF61 M3.5 10.7 465 24.4 578
PF52/PF62 632 2400 190 5500 300 PF52/PF62 M3.5 10.7 845 24.4 1334
PF50/PF60 832 2800 68 6000 90 PF50/PF60 M4 12.5 302 26.7 400
PF51/PF61 832 2800 110 6000 130 PF51/PF61 M4 12.5 489 26.7 578
PF52/PF62 832 2800 200 6000 300 PF52/PF62 M4 12.5 890 26.7 1334
PF50/PF60 032 3500 72 8000 95 PF50/PF60 M5 15.6 320 35.6 423
PF51/PF61 032 3500 150 8000 160 PF51/PF61 M5 15.6 667 35.6 712
PF52/PF62 032 3500 260 8000 425 PF52/PF62 M5 15.6 1156 35.6 1890
PF52/PF62 0420 4300 320 12000 450 PF52/PF62 M6 19.1 1423 53.4 2002
PFC4™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread 304 Stainless Steel Type Thread 304 Stainless Steel
METRIC
Code Installation Retainer Pushout Code Installation Retainer Pushout
UNIFIED
PFC2™/PFS2™/PFC2P™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout Code Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout
METRIC
UNIFIED
PTL2™/PSL2™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Type Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
UNIFIED
METRIC
Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout Installation Retainer Pushout
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (kN) (N) (kN) (N)
PTL2 PTL2
3000 400 4000 500 13.3 1779 17.8 2224
PSL2 PSL2
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation
parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance.
Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for
this purpose.
SCBR™ FASTENERS
Rec. Min. Test Sheet Material
Tightening Screw 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel
Type Thread Torque Tensile
UNIFIED
SCB™/SCBJ™ FASTENERS
Rec. Min. Test Sheet Material
Tightening Screw 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel
UNIFIED
Type Thread Code Installation Pushout
Code Installation Pushout Installation Pushout (kN) (N)
(kN) (N) (kN) (N)
HSR M3 2.2 290
HSCB M3 8 265 12 355
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) Torque values shown will produce a preload of 70% minimum tensile (125 ksi / 935 MPa) with nut factor “k” equal to .1
PR10™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
METRIC
Code Code
UNIFIED
N10™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel Type Thread Aluminum Cold-Rolled Steel
METRIC
Code Installation Pushout Installation Pushout Code Installation Pushout Installation Pushout
UNIFIED
METRIC
Thread Size Strength Torque Pull-off Thread Size Strength Torque Pull-off
(4) (4)
(lbs.) (in. lbs.) (3) (lbs.) (N) (N•m) (3) (N)
SMTPFLSM-440 556 4.4 100 SMTPFLSM-M3 2900 0.61 445
SMTPFLSM-632 724 7.0 105 SMTPFLSM-M3.5 3269 0.8 465
PFK™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Type Thread FR-4 Fiberglass Type Thread FR-4 Fiberglass
UNIFIED
METRIC
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) With lead-free paste. Average values of 30 test points. The data presented here is for general comparison purposes only. Actual performance is
dependent upon application variables. We will be happy to provide samples for you to install. If required, we can also test your installed hardware and
provide you with the performance data specific to your application.
(3) Torque values shown will produce a preload of 70% minimum tensile with a nut factor “k” equal to .1.
(4) Failure occurred at the solder joint.
• S/CLS/SS/CLSS provide load-bearing threads in thin sheets with high pushout and torque-out resistance.
• SP nuts provide load-bearing threads in stainless steel sheets with a hardness of HRB 90 (Rockwell “B”
scale) / HB 192 (Hardness Brinell) or less.
• CLA aluminum nuts are recommended for aluminum sheets with a hardness of HRB 50 (Rockwell “B”
scale) / HB 89 (Hardness Brinell) or less.
• SMPS nuts are for installation into ultra-thin sheets and can be mounted closer to the edge of a sheet than
other self-clinching nuts.
• SL nuts have a unique TRI-DENT® locking feature which meets demanding locking performance requirements.
• AS (carbon steel) and AC (300 series stainless steel) floating nuts install into sheets with hardness up to HRB
70 / HB 125 on the Rockwell “B” scale.
• A4 (400 series stainless steel) floating nuts install into sheets with hardness up to HRB 88 / HB 183 on the
Rockwell “B” scale.
• Thread locking versions also available.
• KF2/KFS2 broaching nuts utilize specially formed axially groves that can be mounted into a hole to provide a
permanent, strong, threaded attachment point in PC boards.
• SMTSO surface mount nuts also available.
For the best mating hardware for your application please contact our Tech Support line or your local representative.
PEM® TRADEMARKS
Dimple
(Registered Trademark)
PF10, PF30, PF31, PF32, PF50, PF51, PF52, PF60, PF61, PF62, PF11, PF11M, Two Groove Blue Retaining Ring PEM C.A.P.S. Dot Pattern
PF11MF, PF11MW, PF11PM, PF12, PF12M, PF12MF, PF12MW, PF15, PF15M, PF7M, (Registered Trademark) (Trademark)
(Trademark)
PF7MF, PFC2, PFC2P, PFC4, PFHV, PFK, PFS2, PSHP, SCB, SCBJ, SCBR PF7M, PF7MF, N10, HSR PFC4, PFC2P, PFC2, PFS2, PFK
PF11PM
To be sure that you are getting genuine PEM® brand fasteners, look for the unique PEM® product markings and identifiers.
Fastener drawings
and models are
available at
www.pemnet.com
RA™
RIGHT ANGLE
FASTENERS
RIGHT ANGLE FASTENERS
PEM® R’ANGLE® fasteners provide strong right angle attachment points in sheet metal or PC Boards. RAA™ and RAS™
fasteners for metal are simply pressed into a rectangular mounting hole of the proper size. SMTRA™ fasteners are installed
onto PC Boards using standard surface mount techniques. The holding power of the fastener is unaffected by the repeated
tightening and loosening of the screw.
PEM® R’ANGLE® fasteners provide many advantages over bent tabs and flanges, including:
• More predictable designs • Material savings
• Tighter design control • Improved shielding characteristics
• Reduction of loose hardware • Fewer assembly steps
• Unmarred panel surfaces
✓
R’ANGLE®
✓ edge
mounting
Angle
brackets
R’ANGLE®
panel
support
Bent
flanges
✓
Reverse side
remains flush
Depending on placement of the
✓ with R’ANGLE®
fastener
fastener within the mounting hole, a
slight gap may be noticeable along
R’ANGLE® center Tab the non-clinching edges of the
mounting cutouts fastener after installation. If gap is not
acceptable in your application, check
with techsupport for a solution.
K
L
Metric part can be
identified by flat top
A
C
RA S 440 9 6 .183 .040 .312 x .187 .308 .250 .125 .370 .281 .406 .096 .040 .35
(#4-40)
8 .246 .312 x .250 .43
4 .121 .375 x .125 .35
.138-32 RA S 632 10 8 .246 .040 .375 x .250 .371 .300 .125 .433 .312 .462 .141 .040 .50
(#6-32)
10 .308 .375 x .312 .55
6 .183 .406 x .187 .40
.164-32 RA S 832 12 9 .277 .040 .406 x .281 .402 .350 .125 .464 .375 .550 .157 .040 .58
(#8-32)
12 .371 .406 x .375 .65
3 2.89 8 x 3 7.6
M3 x 0.5 RA S M3 7 4 3.89 1 8 x 4 7.89 6.35 3.18 9.47 7 9.78 2.87 1.02 9.1
6 5.89 8 x 6 10.7
4 3.89 10 x 4 10
M4 x 0.7 RA S M4 9 7 6.89 1 10 x 7 9.89 8.89 3.18 11.48 9 13.21 4.06 1.02 14.7
9 8.89 10 x 9 16.3
K
L
Metric part can be
identified by flat top
A
C
H
ØB
Size Type Material Code Code Code ±0.08 Thickness –0.03 ±0.08 ±0.1 Nom. Nom. ±0.15 ±0.15 Nom. ±0.18 Nom. K M
4 3.89 8 x 4 9.1
M3 x 0.5 RA A M3 7 1 7.89 2.77 6.35 3.18 9.42 7 9.27 1.5 2.87 1.02
6 5.89 8 x 6 10.7
7 6.89 10 x 7 14.7
M4 x 0.7 RA A M4 9 1 9.89 3.68 8.89 3.18 11.43 9 12.19 1.97 4.06 1.02
9 8.89 10 x 9 16.3
G
C
F
J
N D B
P SP
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
K
SMTRA – 256 – 8 – 6 ET
Stencil Masking Examples L
(#2-56) SMTRA 256 8 6 .188 .040 .053 .218 .040 .060 .140 .250 .345 .020 .030 .048 .040 .157 .105
.112-40
(#4-40) SMTRA 440 9 6 .188 .040 .053 .250 .050 .065 .160 .281 .390 .020 .030 .048 .040 .188 .125
.138-32
(#6-32) SMTRA 632 10 8 .250 .040 .053 .312 .050 .065 .205 .312 .450 .020 .030 .048 .040 .250 .145
.164-32
(#8-32) SMTRA 832 12 9 .281 .040 .053 .375 .050 .075 .250 .375 .535 .020 .030 .048 .040 .312 .195
M2 x 0.4 SMTRA M2 6 5 5 1 1.35 5.5 1 1.5 3.5 6 8.4 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 4 2.65
M2.5 x 0.45 SMTRA M25 6 5 5 1 1.35 5.5 1 1.5 3.5 6 8.4 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 4 2.65
M3 x 0.5 SMTRA M3 7 5 5 1 1.35 6.35 1.25 1.65 4 7 9.75 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 4.75 3.2
M4 x 0.7 SMTRA M4 9 7 7 1 1.35 9.53 1.25 1.65 6.35 9 13.1 0.5 0.75 1.22 1 7.9 4.8
Pad Width Pad Length Hole Spacing Hole Size Part Parts Pitch Tape Width
Thread
PA PL SH In Sheet Number Per Reel (mm) (mm)
Code PA
UNIFIED
SMTRAM4-9-7 200 20 32
M2 6.62 4.57 4 1.35
M25 6.62 4.57 4 1.35
M3 7.47 4.57 4.75 1.35 If desired, space can
M4 10.65 6.57 7.9 1.35 be used for fast cable
tie mounting.
(1) See PEM® Technical Support section of our website for related plating standards and specifications.
(2) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
(3) Optimal solderability life noted on packaging.
INSTALLATION
B
RAS™ and RAA™ Fasteners A
1. Prepare a properly sized rectangular mounting hole in the sheet. Do
not perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place the fastener through the mounting hole (preferably the punch
L + .005”/
side) and into the anvil as shown in the drawing to the right. 0.13mm Min.
3. With the installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply a
squeezing force until the bottom of the fastener becomes flush with For “L”
the sheet. see page 190 (RAS) ANVIL
and page 191 (RAA)
The mounting hole is defined by two dimensions. The two thick lines Side 2 Side 2
shown must be straight for the entire length defined by “Side 2” and
must be separated by the distance shown as “Side 1” (Side 1 and Side 2
are the two dimensions given for the mounting hole on pages 3 and 4). Side 1 #1 Side 1 #2
The illustration shows three examples (#1, #2, and #3) of how it can be
achieved. Example #4 in the lower right side will not work.
Solder paste applied to Solder fastener in place using Undercut to accept solder fillet and
pad on PCB. standard surface mount techniques. permit flush to edge installation.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
RAS™ THREADED FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material
Thread Height Length 5052-H34 Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel
Code Code Code Max. Rec. Tightening Installation Pushout Side Load Pull Thru Max. Rec. Tightening Installation Pushout Side Load Pull Thru
Torque (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (2) (lbs.) (3) (lbs.) Torque (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (2) (lbs.) (3) (lbs.)
4 13 1800 100 7 80 16 2400 180 9 80
UNIFIED
RAA™ FASTENERS
PULL
Screw Thread Forming Max. Rec. Pushout Side Load Pull THRU
Height Length Test Sheet Installation
Size Torque Tightening Torque (lbs.) (lbs.) Thru
Code Code Material (lbs.)
Code (in. lbs.) (in. lbs.) (2) (3) (lbs.)
SIDE
UNIFIED
SIDE VIEW
4 .17 .56 5052-H34 7.1 556 27 356
M3 7
6 .23 1.02 Aluminum 7.1 756 44 356
7 .56 2.26 5052-H34 13.3 890 76 423
M4 9 INSTALLATION FORCE
9 .56 2.83 Aluminum 13.3 1045 107 423
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing proper
seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation parameters
and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance. Performance
testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) Pushout test is conducted without side panel attached to R’ANGLE® fastener.
(3) 1” / 25.4mm from screw centerline.
PERFORMANCE DATA
SMTRA™ R’ANGLE® FASTENERS WITH ET FINISH(1)(2)
SMTRA256-8-6 51.7 7.1 Oven Quad ZCR convection oven with 4 zones
SMTRA440-9-6 89.5 10.8
Vias None
SMTRA632-10-8 110.3 8.4
High Temp 518˚F / 270˚C
SMTRA832-12-9 137.2 21.2
Board Finish 62% Sn, 38% Pb
Part Pullout Side Load Paste Amtech NC559LF Sn96.5/3.0Ag/0.5Cu (SAC305)
Number (N) (N) Lead-free
METRIC
(1) With lead-free paste. Average values of 30 test points. The data presented here is for general comparison purposes only. Actual performance is
dependent upon application variables. We will be happy to provide samples for you to install. If required, we can also test your installed hardware
and provide you with the performance data specific to your application.
(2) Further testing details can be found in the literature section on our website.
SF™
SPOTFAST®
FASTENERS
SPOTFAST® FASTENERS
Unlike rivets that “bulb” during installation, the ultimately flush profile of SpotFast® fasteners allows for unobtrusive
attachment requiring minimal space. A smooth surface is retained for finishing and fasteners can be concealed easily
with paints or powder coatings.
SF™ fasteners create a permanent, flush joining of two sheets. Squeezing the
fastener into place causes a cold-flow of panel material into the fastener’s
two separate clinch profiles. The SF fastener is designed for joining metal to Metal Panel 1
metal. They install smooth with the top sheet, and flush or sub-flush with the Metal Panel 2
bottom sheet. Fasteners can attach two metal sheets too difficult to weld;
fasten sheets of unequal thicknesses; join dissimilar metals unable to be
welded; and even attach ultra-thin metal sections.
SFP™ fasteners offer the same benefits as the SF fastener but are made from Stainless Panel 1
precipitation hardened stainless steel for installation into stainless steel Stainless Panel 2
sheets.
SFW™ fasteners offer the same benefits as the SF fastener but are specifically Washer Metal Panel 1
designed to allow pivoting (hinging) of two sheets of metal. A wave washer
Metal Panel 2
provides the consistent torsion to allow repeatable rotation.
SFK™ fasteners are designed for flush joining of metal to PCB/plastic Metal Panel 1
panels P.C.B. Panel 2
Type Joining two panels of Joining two panels when Joining a metal panel to a Single point hinging Offers highest corrosion
similar or dissimilar metals one or more is stainless steel PCB or plastic panel applications resistance in product family
SF • • (1)
SFP • (1) • • (1) •
SFW •
(1)
•
SFK • (1) • • (1)
SF™ fastener installed into unequal thickness sheets. SFW™ fastener offers flush-mounted,
Fastener is smooth with top of panel 1. smooth pivot point.
Metal
Plastic
SF™ AND SFP™ FASTENERS FOR PERMANENT JOINING OF TWO METAL SHEETS
Panel 1
C2 C1 E
Panel 2
SF™ Fastener
Panel 1 Panel 2
Type Thickness Mounting Hole Thickness Mounting Hole Min. Dist.
and Thickness ±0.08 mm / +0.08 mm / Min. +0.08 mm / C1 C2 E L Hole C/L
Size Code ±.003” +.003” –.000” (1) +.003” –.000” Max. Max. Max. Max. To Edge
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
SF-3 0.8 0.8 .031 3 .118 0.8 .031 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.53 .139 1.5 .059 2.54 .1
SF-3 1.0 1 .039 3 .118 1 .039 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 1.9 .075 2.54 .1
SF-3 1.2 1.2 .047 3 .118 1.2 .047 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 2.31 .091 2.54 .1
SF-3 1.6 1.6 .063 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 3.12 .123 2.54 .1
SF-5 0.8 0.8 .031 5 .197 0.8 .031 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 1.5 .059 3.6 .14
SF-5 1.0 1 .039 5 .197 1 .039 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 1.9 .075 3.6 .14
SF-5 1.2 1.2 .047 5 .197 1.2 .047 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 2.31 .091 3.6 .14
SF-5 1.6 1.6 .063 5 .197 1.6 .063 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 3.12 .123 3.6 .14
SFW™ FASTENER WITH WAVE WASHER FOR SINGLE POINT HINGING APPLICATIONS
Washer Diameter
SFW-3 = 9.7 mm / 0.38” Nom.
SFW-5 = 10.6 mm / 0.42” Nom.
Panel 1
C2 C1 E
Panel 2
Panel 1 Panel 2
Type Thickness Mounting Hole Thickness Mounting Hole Min. Dist.
and Thickness ±0.08 mm / +0.08 mm / Min. +0.08 mm / C1 C2 E L Hole C/L
Size Code ±.003” +.003” –.000” (1) +.003” –.000” Max. Max. Max. Max. To Edge
(2) mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
SFW-3 0.8 0.8 .031 3 .118 0.8 .031 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.53 .139 2.09 .082 2.54 .1
SFW-3 1.0 1 .039 3 .118 1 .039 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 2.49 .098 2.54 .1
SFW-3 1.2 1.2 .047 3 .118 1.2 .047 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 2.90 .114 2.54 .1
SFW-3 1.6 1.6 .063 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 3.71 .146 2.54 .1
SFW-5 0.8 0.8 .031 5 .197 0.8 .031 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 1.98 .078 3.6 .14
SFW-5 1.0 1 .039 5 .197 1 .039 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 2.39 .094 3.6 .14
SFW-5 1.2 1.2 .047 5 .197 1.2 .047 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 2.79 .110 3.6 .14
SFW-5 1.6 1.6 .063 5 .197 1.6 .063 4 .157 4.98 .196 3.97 .156 5.56 .219 3.61 .142 3.6 .14
(1) Fastener will provide flush application at minimum sheet thickness. (2) SFW fasteners are shipped with mating washers.
Panel 1 Metal
C2 C1 E
Panel 2 PCB/plastic
Panel 1 Panel 2
Type Thickness Mounting Hole Thickness Mounting Hole C2 Min. Dist.
and Thickness ±0.08 mm / +0.08 mm / Min. +0.08 mm / C1 ±0.08 mm / E L Hole C/L
Size Code ±.003” +.003” –.000” (1) +.003” –.000” Max. ±.003” Max. Max. To Edge
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
SFK-3 0.8 0.8 .031 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.53 .139 2.31 .091 3 0.12
SFK-3 1.0 1 .039 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.76 .148 2.51 .099 3 0.12
SFK-3 1.2 1.2 .047 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.76 .148 2.72 .107 3 0.12
SFK-3 1.6 1.6 .063 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.9 .114 3.76 .148 3.12 .123 3 0.12
SFK-5 0.8 0.8 .031 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 2.31 .091 5.1 0.20
SFK-5 1.0 1 .039 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 2.51 .099 5.1 0.20
SFK-5 1.2 1.2 .047 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 2.72 .107 5.1 0.20
SFK-5 1.6 1.6 .063 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.9 .193 5.56 .219 3.12 .123 5.1 0.20
Precipitation Passivated and/or Zinc Plated per ASTM B633, Zinc Plated per ASTM B633,
Hardened Hardening Grade Tested Per SC1 (5µm), Type III, SC1 (5µm), Type III, Colorless HRB 80 / HRB 88 /
Type Carbon Steel Stainless Steel ASTM A380 Colorless (1) Plus Sealant/Lubricant (1) HB 150 or Less HB 183 or Less
SF • • •
SFP • • •
SFW • (Washer) • (Fastener) •
SFK • • •
Part Number Code For Finishes None ZI LZ
(1) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
(2) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
INSTALLATION
Figure SFW-1
SFW™ FASTENERS
Step 1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in both panels. Do not
Punch
perform any secondary operations such as deburring. If the hole
is punched, be sure to install fastener into punched side of hole.
Panel 1
Step 2. Using only Panel 1, with the punch and anvil surfaces parallel,
apply squeezing force until the fastener is flush with the top of
Anvil
Panel 1. (See figure SFW-1).
Step 3. To ensure proper function of washer, place washer over installed
fastener (concave side facing up), then place Panel 2 over Figure SFW-2
C
fastener. Apply squeezing force. Keep gap between Panel 2 and
anvil. (See “G” in figure SFW-2).
Punch
G
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling Size
(mm) / (in.) Panel 2
C Part Number Part Number SFW-3-0.8
1.09-1.25 / .043-.049 G Panel 1
Size +0.08/+.003 Punch For Anvil Used For Anvil Used SFW-5-0.8
(mm) / (in.) Part No. In Step 2 In Step 3 SFW-3-1.0
1.3-1.44 / .051-.057 Anvil
SFW-5-1.0
SFW-3 3.05 / .120 975200048 970200229300 975200046
SFW-3-1.2
SFW-5 5.05 / .199 975200048 970200020300 975200046 1.5-1.65 / .059-.065
SFW-5-1.2
SFW-3-1.6
1.91-2.06 / .075-.081
SFW-5-1.6
SFK™ FASTENER
Step 1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in both panels. Do not
perform any secondary operations such as deburring. If the hole Punch
is punched, be sure to install fastener into punched side of hole.
Step 2. Using only Panel 1, with the punch and anvil surfaces parallel, Metal Panel 1
apply squeezing force until the fastener is flush with the top of
Panel 1. (See figure SFK-1).
Anvil
Step 3. Place Panel 2 over fastener and apply squeezing force. (See
figure SFK-2).
C
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Figure SFK-2
C Part Number Part Number
Size +0.08/+.003 Punch For Anvil Used For Anvil Used
(mm) / (in.) Part No. In Step 2 In Step 3
SFW-3 3.05 / .120 975200048 970200229300 975200046
SFW-5 5.05 / .199 975200048 970200020300 975200046 Punch
PCB/plastic Panel 2
INSTALLATION NOTES Metal Panel 1
• For best results we recommend using a HAEGER® or PEMSERTER®
machine for installation of PEM self-clinching fasteners. Please
check our website for more information. Anvil
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation
process for select products.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
SF™ FASTENER
Installation Pushout of Panel 2 (2)
Type and Thickness Cold-rolled Steel Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel Aluminum
Size Code
kN lbs. kN lbs. N lbs. N lbs.
SF-3 0.8 8 1800 6 1350 360 80 200 45
SF-3 1.0 9 2025 6.5 1475 525 115 250 55
SF-3 1.2 11 2475 7 1575 555 125 310 70
SF-3 1.6 13 2925 7.5 1700 920 205 550 125
SF-5 0.8 11 2475 8 1800 625 140 310 70
SF-5 1.0 12 2700 9.5 2150 800 180 515 115
SF-5 1.2 18 4050 10 2250 1200 270 770 170
SF-5 1.6 20 4500 12.5 2825 1500 335 1145 255
SFP™ FASTENER
Stainless Steel (1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and
Type and Thickness Installation Pushout of Panel 2 (2) confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing proper seating
Size Code of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values
kN lbs. N lbs.
reported are averages when all proper installation parameters and procedures are
SFP-3 1.0 13.5 3000 620 140 followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure
SFP-3 1.2 20 4500 830 186 may affect performance. Performance testing this product in your application is
recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples
SFP-3 1.6 22 5000 1500 340 for this purpose.
SFP-5 1.0 18 4000 990 222 (2) In most applications, pullout strength of the SpotFast fastener in Panel 1 exceeds pushout
strength of Panel 2.
SFP-5 1.2 27 6000 1158 260
SFP-5 1.6 33 7500 3117 701
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
SFW™ FASTENER
Installation into Panel 1 Installation into Panel 2 Pushout of Panel 2 (2)
Type and Thickness Cold-rolled Steel Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel Aluminum Cold-rolled Steel Aluminum
Size Code
kN lbs. kN lbs. kN lbs. kN lbs. N lbs. N lbs.
SFW-3 0.8 4.5 1010 2.5 560 3 675 2 450 350 78 85 19
SFW-3 1.0 5.5 1240 3.5 780 4.5 1010 2 450 375 84 140 31
SFW-3 1.2 6 1350 3.5 780 5 1125 2 450 500 112 250 56
SFW-3 1.6 7 1575 4 900 6 1350 2.5 560 780 175 340 76
SFW-5 0.8 7 1575 3.5 780 8 1800 4 900 350 78 270 61
SFW-5 1.0 7 1575 3.5 780 8.5 1910 5 1125 380 153 425 96
SFW-5 1.2 7 1575 4 900 8.5 1910 5 1125 925 208 510 115
SFW-5 1.6 9 2025 5 1125 10 2250 5 1125 1450 326 600 135
SFK™ FASTENER
Installation into Panel 1 Installation into Panel 2
Type and Thickness Pushout of Panel 2 (2)
Cold-rolled Steel FR-4 Fiberglass
Size Code
kN lbs. kN lbs. N lbs.
SFK-3 0.8 6.2 1400 1.8 400 200 45
SFK-3 1.0 8 1800 1.8 400 200 45
SFK-3 1.2 8.9 2000 1.8 400 200 45
SFK-3 1.6 10.2 2300 1.8 400 200 45
SFK-5 0.8 11.1 2500 1.8 400 400 90
SFK-5 1.0 13.5 3000 1.8 400 400 90
SFK-5 1.2 15.6 3500 1.8 400 400 90
SFK-5 1.6 17.8 4000 1.8 400 400 90
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing proper
seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation parameters
and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance. Performance
testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) In most applications, pullout strength of the SpotFast fastener in Panel 1 exceeds pushout strength of Panel 2.
SK™
SELF-CLINCHING
KEYHOLE® FASTENERS
KEYHOLE® STANDOFFS AND FASTENERS
PEM® KEYHOLE® Standoffs and sheet joining fasteners are designed so that a PC board or panel can be quickly slipped
into place and then removed from an assembly by simply sliding the board sideways and lifting it off. These standoffs
and fasteners can save valuable time and dramatically reduce the amount of loose hardware required.
SKC-F™/SK4-F™/SKS-R™ fasteners are designed so that two sheets can be quickly joined flat against each
other. Typically, several fasteners are used with one standard PEM® threaded F™ flush nut (PEM® Bulletin F)
which accepts a screw to secure the sheets against any unwanted movement.
PEM® Dimple
(Registered Trademark)
B A C SK C – 6 060 – 12
SK 4 – 6 060 – 12
Mounting
300 Series 400 Series Thickness Max. ± .003 Max. Nom. Max. ± .003 ±.003
Designation
Stainless Stainless Code
Code
Steel Steel
SKC SK4 F 1.5 .039 .177 .212 .237 .108 .099 .068
300 Series 400 Series Thickness Max. ± 0.08 Max. Nom. Max. ± 0.08 ±0.08
Designation
Stainless Stainless Code
Code
Steel Steel
NEW
SKS-R™ FASTENER DIMENSIONAL DATA
A
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
PEM “dimple”
registered SK S – R 1.5 – 2.5 – ZI
trademark.
B N C
Type Material Face Top Sheet Neck Finish
Code Mounting Thickness Diameter
Designation Code Code
Code
S
H M
Clinching profile may vary.
SKS R 1.5 3.2 .039 .217 .235 .276 .148 .126 .107
4.0 .256 .275 .307 .157
2.5 .177 .212 .236 .099
SKS R 2 3.2 .039 .217 .235 .276 .167 .126 .127
4.0 .256 .275 .307 .157
2.5 .177 .212 .236 .099
SKS R 2.5 3.2 .039 .217 .235 .276 1.87 .126 .147
4.0 .256 .275 .307 .157
APPLICATION DATA
Location Location
Tolerance A4 Tolerance A4
±.005” / ±0.13 mm A2 ±.005” / ±0.13 mm A2
Mounting Hole A
Edge
C2 Mounting Hole A
Edge
PANEL 2 C2
PANEL 2
PANEL 1
Mounting Edge
PANEL 1 Mounting Hole B Hole Location C1
Tolerance
Mounting Edge ±.005” / ±0.13 mm
Mounting Hole B Hole Location C1
Tolerance
±.005” / ±0.13 mm
SKC-6060 .213 HRB 70 / HB 125 .040 .260 .059 .118 .197 .148 ANY .057 - .064 .160
SK4-6060 .213 HRB 88 / HB 183 .040 .260 .059 .118 .197 .148 ANY .057 - .064 .160
(2)
SKC-F1.5 .213 HRB 70 / HB 125 .040 .150 .059 .118 .197 .148 ANY .057 - .064 .160
SK4-F1.5 .213 HRB 88 / HB 183 .040 (2) .150 .059 .118 .197 .148 ANY .057 - .064 .160
SKC-61.5 5.41 HRB 70 / HB 125 1 6.6 1.5 3 5 3.75 ANY 1.45 - 1.62 4.1
SK4-61.5 5.41 HRB 88 / HB 183 1 6.6 1.5 3 5 3.75 ANY 1.45 - 1.62 4.1
APPLICATION DATA
SKS-R™ FASTENER
SKS-R1.5-4.0-ZI .276 HRB 80 / HB 150 .040 - .047 .236 .089 .177 .276 .217 ANY .060 .240
SKS-R2.0-2.5-ZI .213 HRB 80 / HB 150 .040 - .047 .236 .059 .118 .197 .148 ANY .080 .160
SKS-R2.0-3.2-ZI .236 HRB 80 / HB 150 .040 - .047 .236 .073 .146 .236 .181 ANY .080 .201
SKS-R2.0-4.0-ZI .276 HRB 80 / HB 150 .040 - .047 .236 .089 .177 .276 .217 ANY .080 .240
SKS-R2.5-2.5-ZI .213 HRB 80 / HB 150 .040 - .047 .236 .059 .118 .197 .148 ANY .100 .160
SKS-R2.5-3.2-ZI .236 HRB 80 / HB 150 .040 - .047 .236 .073 .146 .236 .181 ANY .100 .201
SKS-R2.5-4.0-ZI .276 HRB 80 / HB 150 .040 - .047 .236 .089 .177 .276 .217 ANY .100 .240
SKS-R1.5-3.2-ZI 6 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 1.85 3.7 6 4.6 ANY 1.54 5.1
SKS-R1.5-4.0-ZI 7 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 2.25 4.5 7 5.5 ANY 1.54 6.1
SKS-R2.0-2.5-ZI 5.41 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 1.5 3 5 3.75 ANY 2.04 4.1
SKS-R2.0-3.2-ZI 6 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 1.85 3.7 6 4.6 ANY 2.04 5.1
SKS-R2.0-4.0-ZI 7 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 2.25 4.5 7 5.5 ANY 2.04 6.1
SKS-R2.5-2.5-ZI 5.41 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 1.5 3 5 3.75 ANY 2.54 4.1
SKS-R2.5-3.2-ZI 6 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 1.85 3.7 6 4.6 ANY 2.54 5.1
SKS-R2.5-4.0-ZI 7 HRB 80 / HB 150 1 - 1.19 6 2.25 4.5 7 5.5 ANY 2.54 6.1
INSTALLATION
SKC™/SK4™ STANDOFFS
Figure 1
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in Panel 1.
PUNCH
2. Place the fastener through (punched side of ) the mounting
hole and into anvil as shown in figure 1. HEAD
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only
enough squeezing force to embed the head flush with the PANEL 1
panel.
1. Mill a properly sized blind hole into Panel 1 to .043”/1.1 mm minimum depth.
2. Place the fastener into anvil hole as shown in Figure 3.
3. Place the panel mounting hole over the shank of the fastener.
Figure 3
4. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough
squeezing force to embed the flange flush with the panel. PUNCH
PANEL 1
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Sheet Anvil Dimensions (in.) L FLANGE
UNIFIED
SKS-R™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in Panel 1.
2. Place the fastener through (punch side of ) the mounting hole and
into anvil as shown.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only
enough squeezing force to embed the head flush with the panel.
PUNCH
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a HAEGER® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of
PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
SKC • • •
SK4 • • •
SKC-F • • •
SC4-F • • •
SKS-R • • •
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
SKC™/SK4™ STANDOFFS
Installation and pushout
Test Sheet Material .060” 5052-H34 Aluminum .060” Cold-Rolled Steel .060” 300 Series Stainless Steel
Body Size - Installation Pushout Installation Pushout Installation Pushout
UNIFIED
SKC™/SK4™ STANDOFFS
Side-load
Test Sheet Thick. .040” (2) .060”
Length Codes
Body Size - -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -18 -20 -24 -28 -32
UNIFIED
SKC-F™/SK4-F™ FASTENERS
Installation, Pushout and Side-load
Test Sheet Material .060” 5052-H34 Aluminum .060” Cold-Rolled Steel .060” 300 Series Stainless Steel
Installation Pushout Side-Load Force Max. Installation Pushout Side-Load Force Max. Installation Pushout Side-Load Force Max.
UNIFIED
Type Side-Load
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
SKC-F 1100 120 120 2100 160 185 — — —
SK4-F — — — — — — 10210 292 202
Test Sheet Material 1.52 mm 5052-H34 Aluminum 1.52 mm Cold-Rolled Steel 1.52 mm 300 Series Stainless Steel Installation Pushout
Force
Installation Pushout Side-Load Force Max. Installation Pushout Side-Load Force Max. Installation Pushout Side-Load Force Max.
METRIC
Type
(kN) (N) (N) (kN) (N) (N) (kN) (N) (N)
SKC-F 4.9 533 533 9.3 711 822 — — —
SK4-F — — — — — — 45.4 1300 900
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing proper
seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation parameters
and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance. Performance
testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) .040” / 1 mm test sheet material thickness was used for the -2 and -4 SKC/SK4 standoffs due to the short length of the parts.
PERFORMANCE DATA
SKS-R™ FASTENERS
Installation, Pushout and Side-load
SO™
SELF-CLINCHING
STANDOFFS
SELF-CLINCHING STANDOFFS
PEM® self-clinching standoffs, which use the proven self-clinching design, provide
ideal solutions for applications where mounting, spacing or stacking of panels,
boards or components are required. Pressed into round holes, these fasteners
mount permanently into metal sheets as thin as .025” / 0.63 mm. Support This
sheet
Specially designed SO4™, BSO4™ and TSO4™ standoffs are made from hardened
stainless steel and are ideal for clinching into stainless steel sheets. An optional
nickel plating is now available if product is expected to be used in a corrosive
environment.
THROUGH-HOLE BLIND
THREADS THREADS
For more information on the proper use of PEM® self-clinching standoffs, check our
website for Tech Sheet PEM® - REF/Standoff Basics.
SO/SOS/SOA/SO4
BSO/BSOS/BSOA/BSO4
TSO/TSOS/TSOA/TSO4 (Styles 1 & 2) DSOS/DSO
TSO/TSOS/TSOA/TSO4 (Style 3)
SOSG/SOAG
Application Requires:
PEM® Installation Superior Closed-end Grounding/ Closest-to-edge Thinnest Most varied
Standoff into stainless corrosion Threads at for flush earthing teeth distance Available minimum standard length Non-magnetic
Type steel (1) resistance barrel end appearance on barrel end mounting Unthreaded sheet increments
BSO • •
BSOA • • •
BSOS • • • •
BSO4 • (2) • •
DSO •
DSOS • • •
SO •
SOA • •
SOS • • •
SO4 • (2) •
SOAG • •
SOSG • • •
TSO • • (3) • •
TSOA • • (3) • • •
TSOS • • • (3) • • •
TSO4 • (2) • • (3) • •
(1) See note 5 on page 223 about installing fasteners into stainless steel sheets. (2) When used with optional nickel plating. (3) Style #3 only.
PEM® “Single” or PEM® “Two Groove” Registered Trademark GENERAL DIMENSIONAL DATA
D All dimensions are in inches.
Hole Size B C Min. Dist.
Thread Min. In Sheet Counter- H
+.000 Hole C/ D
Code Sheet +.003 Bore Dia. Nom. ±.010
Thickness -.005 To Edge
C B -.000 ±.005
440 .040 .166 .125 .165 .187 .23
UNIFIED
6440 .040 .213 .125 .212 .250 .27 Varies
according
632 .040 .213 .156 .212 .250 .27 to length.
See length
L H
8632 .050 .281 .156 .280 .312 .31 charts
below.
Clinching profile may vary. 832 .050 .281 .188 .280 .312 .31
032 .050 .281 .203 .280 .312 .31
* NC suffix is required if optional nickel plating (for corrosion resistance) is desired. Micro sizes also available.
Otherwise, no suffix is necessary. See PEM® Bulletin MPF for more information.
.138-32 632
SO SOS SOA SO4 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#6-32) 8632(1)
.164-32
SO SOS SOA SO4 832 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#8-32)
.190-32
(#10-32) SO SOS SOA SO4 032 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(1) Standoffs with thread codes 6440, 8632, and 3.5M3 have a thicker wall to provide more bearing surface for the mating component or panel
reducing the chance of cracking or cutting into the board.
Please contact your local PEM® distributor for availability, minimum quantity, and pricing information.
PEM® “Single” or PEM® “Two Groove” Registered Trademark GENERAL DIMENSIONAL DATA
All dimensions are in inches.
F
Hole Size C Min. Dist.
Thread Min. In Sheet H
+.000 Hole C/ F
Code Sheet +.003 -.005 Nom. Min.
Thickness
-.000 To Edge
C
440 .040 .166 .165 .187 .23
UNIFIED
6440 .040 .213 .212 .250 .27 Varies
according
632 .040 .213 .212 .250 .27 to length.
See length
8632 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31 charts
L H below.
832 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31
Clinching profile may vary.
032 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31
* NC suffix is required if optional nickel plating (for corrosion resistance) is desired. Otherwise, no suffix is necessary.
.138-32 632
BSO BSOS BSOA BSO4 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#6-32) 8632(1)
.164-32 BSO BSOS BSOA BSO4 832 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#8-32)
.190-32
BSO BSOS BSOA BSO4 032 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#10-32)
F Dimension Min. .156 .187 .250 .375
(1) Standoffs with thread codes 6440, 8632, and 3.5M3 have a thicker wall to provide more bearing surface for the mating component or panel
reducing the chance of cracking or cutting into the board.
Please contact your local PEM® distributor for availability, minimum quantity, and pricing information.
UNIFIED
6116 .040 .213 .212 .250 .27
6143 .040 .213 .212 .250 .27
8143 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31
L H
8169 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31
Clinching profile may vary.
8194 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31
METRIC
SO A – 4116 – 8 63.1 1 5.41 5.39 6.4 6.8
SO 4 – 4116 – 8 NC* 63.6 1 5.41 5.39 6.4 6.8
83.6 1.27 7.14 7.12 7.9 8
84.1 1.27 7.14 7.12 7.9 8
SO4 Type Material Thru-hole Length Finish
Code Code Code 85.1 1.27 7.14 7.12 7.9 8
Installs into stainless steel
4116
.116 SO SOS SOA SO4 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
6116(1)
6143
.143 SO SOS SOA SO4 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
8143(1)
.169 SO SOS SOA SO4 8169 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
.194 SO SOS SOA SO4 8194 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
43.1
3.1
S0 SOS SOA SO4 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
63.1(1)
63.6
3.6 SO SOS SOA SO4 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
83.6(1)
4.1 SO SOS SOA SO4 84.1 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
5.1 SO SOS SOA SO4 85.1 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
(1) Standoffs with thru-hole codes 6116, 8143, 63.1 and 83.6 have a thicker wall to provide more bearing surface for the mating component or panel
reducing the chance of cracking or cutting into the board.
Please contact your local PEM® distributor for availability, minimum quantity, and pricing information.
UNIFIED
C C
256 .025 .166 .165 .187 .23
TSO/TSOS/TSOA .200
6256 .025 .213 .212 .250 .27
440 .025 .166 .165 .187 .23
.220
6440 .025 .213 .212 .250 .27
L L 632 .025 .213 .212 .270 .250 .27
Clinching profile may vary.
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Style #3 Min. Hole Size F Min. Min. Dist.
TSO4 F
Installs into stainless steel
Thread Sheet In Sheet C Thread H Hole C/
Code Thickness +0.08 -0.13 Depth Nom. To Edge
METRIC
C M25 0.63 4.22 4.2 4.8 5.8
5.2
6M25 0.63 5.41 5.39 6.4 7.1
M3 0.63 4.22 4.2 4.8 5.8
6.2
6M3 0.63 5.41 5.39 6.4 7.1
L H M35 0.63 5.41 5.39 7 6.4 7.1
.086-56 256
TSO TSOS TSOA TSO4 090(1) 125(1) 187(1) 250(1) 312(2) 375(2) 437(3) 500(3) 562(3) 625(3) 687(3) 750(3)
(#2-56) 6256(4)
.112-40 440 (1)
TSO TSOS TSOA TSO4 090 125(1) 187(1) 250(1) 312(2) 375(2) 437(2) 500(3) 562(3) 625(3) 687(3) 750(3)
(#4-40) 6440(4)
.138-32 TSO TSOS TSOA TSO4 632 – 125(1) 187(1) 250(1) 312(1) 375(2) 437(2) 500(2) 562(3) 625(3) 687(3) 750(3)
(#6-32)
M2.5 x 0.45 TSO TSOS TSOA TSO4 M25 200(1) 300(1) 400(1) 600(1) 800(2) 1000(3) 1200(3) 1400(3) 1600(3) 1800(3) 1900(3)
6M25(4)
M3
M3 x 0.5 TSO TSOS TSOA TSO4 200(1) 300(1) 400(1) 600(1) 800(2) 1000(2) 1200(3) 1400(3) 1600(3) 1800(3) 1900(3)
6M3(4)
M3.5 x 0.6 TSO TSOS TSOA TSO4 M35 – 300(1) 400(1) 600(1) 800(1) 1000(2) 1200(2) 1400(3) 1600(3) 1800(3) 1900(3)
Thread Length “L” Length “L” Length “L” Thread Length “L” Length “L” Length “L” Type Material Thread Length Finish
Code Code Code
UNIFIED
Code (Style #1) (Style #2) (Style #3) Code (Style #1) (Style #2) (Style #3)
METRIC
256 / 6256 .090 - .250 .251 - .375 .376 - .750 M25 / 6M25 2.00 - 6.30 6.32 - 9.50 9.52 - 19.00 * NC suffix is required if optional
440 / 6440 .090 - .280 .281 - .450 .451 - .750 M3 / 6M3 2.00 - 7.50 7.52 - 11.00 11.02 - 19.00 nickel plating (for corrosion
632 .120 - .350 .351 - .540 .541 - .750 M35 3.00 - 8.80 8.82 - 12.80 12.82 - 19.00 resistance) is desired. Otherwise,
no suffix is necessary.
Please contact your local PEM® distributor for availability, minimum quantity, and pricing information.
Stainless .125 .187 .250 .312 .375 .437 .500 ness +.003 –.005 To Edge
Steel Aluminum –.000
.112-40
SOSG SOAG 6440 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 .040 .213 .212 .250 .030 .27
(#4-40)
.138-32
SOSG SOAG 8632 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 .050 .281 .280 .312 .030 .31
(#6-32)
Type Min. Hole
METRIC
Internal, ASME Non-heat 300 Hardened Zinc Plated Passivated Electroless Nickel
B1.1, 2B Hardened Treated Series 400 Series per ASTM B633, and/or Tested over Copper over HRB 88 / HRB 80 / HRB 70 / HRB 60 / HRB 50 /
Type ASME Carbon Carbon Aluminum Stainless Stainless Steel SC1 (5µm), Type III Per ASTM No Nickel Strike HB 183 HB 150 HB 125 HB 107 HB 82
B1.13M, 6H Steel Steel Steel (5) Colorless (2) A380 Finish Per ASTM B733 (2) (3) or Less or Less or Less or Less or Less
SO • • • •
SOA • • • •
SOS • • • •
SO4 • • • • •
BSO • • • •
BSOA • • • •
BSOS • • • •
BSO4 • • • • •
TSO • • • •
TSOS • • • •
TSOA • • • •
TSO4 • • • • •
DSO • • • •
DSOS • • • •
SOAG • • • •
SOSG • • • •
Part Number Codes For Finishes ZI None None NC
INSTALLATION
PUNCH
SO™/SOS™/SOA™/SO4™/BSO™/BSOS™/BSOA™/BSO4™ STANDOFFS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any
secondary operation such as deburring.
2. Insert standoff through mounting hole (preferably the punch side) of
sheet and into anvil as shown in drawing.
ANVIL
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough L* Min.
squeezing force to embed the standoff’s head flush in the sheet.
Drawing at right shows suggested tooling for applying these forces.
INSTALLATION
TSO™/TSOS™/TSOA™/TSO4™ STANDOFFS REQUIRED INSTALLATION
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform ANVIL FOR SHEETS BELOW
.032” / 0.81 mm
any secondary operation such as deburring. 120˚ PUNCH
2. Insert standoff through mounting hole (preferably the punch B
side) of sheet and into anvil as shown in drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only
enough squeezing force to embed the standoff’s head flush in
the sheet. Drawing at right shows required installation anvil L* Min. ANVIL
for sheet thickness of .025” to .032” / 0.63 mm to 0.81 mm. A
chamfered anvil is not required for sheets over .032” / 0.81 mm.
Thread For Sheets Punch Part Thread For Sheets Punch Part
METRIC
Code B Anvil Part No. Over .032” Number Code B Anvil Part No. Over 0.81 mm Number
256/440 .187 - .194 8003291 970200487300 975200048 M2.5/M3 4.75 - 4.93 8003291 970200487300 975200048
6256/6440/632 .250 - .257 8003292 970200012300 975200048 6M25/6M3/M35 6.35 - 6.53 8003292 970200012300 975200048
DSOS™/DSO™ STANDOFFS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring.
PUNCH
2. Insert fastener through mounting hole (preferably the punch side) and into
anvil as shown in drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough
squeezing force to embed the standoff’s head flush in the sheet.
ANVIL
L* Min.
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Thread Anvil Part Punch Part C*
Code Number Number *See page 222 for +.004” to +.007” /
440/M3 970200487300 “C” and “L”. +0.1 mm to +0.18 mm
SOSG™/SOAG™ STANDOFFS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring. PUNCH
2. Insert fastener through mounting hole (preferably the punch side) and into
anvil as shown in drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough
squeezing force to embed the standoff’s head flush in the sheet. ANVIL
L* Min.
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Thread Anvil Part Punch Part
Code Number Number
440/M3 970200487300 *See page 222 C*
for “D” and “L”. +.004” to +.007” /
6440/3.5M3 970200012300 975200048
+0.1 mm to +0.18 mm
8632 970200013300
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® press for installation of PEM® standoffs. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for this product.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
SO™/SOS™/SOA™/BSO™/BSOS™/BSOA™ STANDOFFS
Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material (2)
Tightening
Thread Standoff Torque For .060” 5052-H34 Aluminum .060” Cold-rolled Steel
Code Material Mating Screw Installation Pushout Torque-out (3) Pull-thru (3) Installation Pushout Torque-out (3) Pull-thru (3)
(in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.)
Steel 4.75 1100 160 11 280 2200 225 19 330
440 Stainless Steel 3.8 1100 160 11 224 2200 225 19 264
Aluminum 2.85 1100 160 11 168 – – – –
Steel 4.75 1700 300 25 310 3300 420 35 380
6440 Stainless Steel 3.8 1700 300 25 248 3300 420 35 304
UNIFIED
3.5M3 Stainless Steel 0.44 7.6 1330 2.82 1100 14.7 1860 3.95 1352
Aluminum 0.33 7.6 1330 2.82 825 – – – –
Steel 0.91 7.6 1330 2.82 1375 14.7 1860 3.95 1690
M3.5 Stainless Steel 0.73 7.6 1330 2.82 1100 14.7 1860 3.95 1352
Aluminum 0.55 7.6 1330 2.82 825 – – – –
Steel 2 10.7 1780 5.08 2575 17.8 2490 8.47 3110
M4 Stainless Steel 1.6 10.7 1780 5.08 2060 17.8 2490 8.47 2488
Aluminum 1.2 10.7 1780 5.08 1545 – – – –
Steel 3.6 10.7 1780 5.08 2575 17.8 2490 8.47 3110
M5 Stainless Steel 2.88 10.7 1780 5.08 2060 17.8 2490 8.47 2488
Aluminum 2.16 10.7 1780 5.08 1545 – – – –
SO4™/BSO4™ STANDOFFS
Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material
Tightening Tightening
Thread Torque For .050” 300 Series Stainless Steel Thread Torque For 1.3 mm 300 Series Stainless Steel
Code Mating Screw Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru Code Mating Screw Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru
(in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (2) (lbs.) (2) (N•m) (kN) (N) (N•m) (2) (N) (2)
METRIC
UNIFIED
440 4.75 5500 336 17 600 M3 0.55 24.5 1493 2.36 2650
6440 4.75 9500 647 30 680 3.5M3 0.55 42.3 2877 3.06 3025
632 8.75 9500 647 30 680 M3.5 0.91 42.3 2877 3.06 3025
8632 8.75 10500 900 71 1392 M4 2 46.7 4003 8.89 6458
832 18 10500 900 71 1517 M5 3.6 46.7 4003 8.89 6226
032 32 10500 900 71 1368
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by
observing proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all
proper installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure
may affect performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical
assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) See tech sheet on our website for performance data of PEM® SO™ standoffs installed into copper sheets.
(3) Joint failure in torque-out and pull-thru will depend on the strength and type of screw being used. In some cases the failure will be in the screw
and not in the self-clinching standoff. Please contact our Applications Engineering group with any questions.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
TSO™/TSOS™/TSOA™ STANDOFFS
Test Sheet Material
Standoff “C” Standoff
Dimension Material .025” / 0.64 mm 5052-H34 Aluminum .025” / 0.64 mm Cold-rolled Steel
Installation Pushout Torque-out (2) Pull-thru (2) Installation Pushout Torque-out (2) Pull-thru (2)
(lbs.) (kN) (lbs.) (N) (in. lbs.) (N•m) (lbs.) (N) (lbs.) (kN) (lbs.) (N) (in. lbs.) (N•m) (lbs.) (N)
Steel 700 3.1 70 311 6 0.68 230 1022 1100 4.9 100 445 9 1 206 916
.165” /
Stainless Steel 700 3.1 70 311 6 0.68 268 1191 1100 4.9 100 445 9 1 260 1155
4.2 mm
Aluminum 700 3.1 70 311 6 0.68 227 1009 — — — — — — — —
.212” / Steel 700 3.1 90 400 11 1.24 264 1173 1800 8 150 667 15 1.7 207 920
5.39 mm Stainless Steel 700 3.1 90 400 11 1.24 340 1511 1800 8 150 667 15 1.7 344 1529
Aluminum 700 3.1 90 400 11 1.24 300 1333 — — — — — — — —
TSO4™ STANDOFFS
Test Sheet Material
.025” / 0.64 mm 300 series stainless steel
Standoff “C”
Dimension Installation Pushout Torque-out (2) Pull-thru (2)
(lbs.) (kN) (lbs.) (N) (in. lbs.) (N•m) (lbs.) (N)
.165” / 4.2 mm 6500 28.9 125 555 13 1.5 414 1840
.212” / 5.39 mm 6800 30.3 160 710 22 2.5 552 2453
DSOS™/DSO™ STANDOFFS
Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material
Tightening
UNIFIED
SOSG™/SOAG™ STANDOFFS
Thread Test Sheet Thickness and Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru
UNIFIED
Code Test Sheet Material (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (2) (lbs.) (2)
6440 .064” 5052-H34 Aluminum 1700 300 25 186
8632 .064” 5052-H34 Aluminum 1700 400 45 248
Code Test Sheet Material (kN) (N) (N•m) (2) (N) (2)
3.5M3 1.6 mm 5052-H34 Aluminum 7.6 1330 2.82 825
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper
installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect
performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/
or samples for this purpose.
(2) Joint failure in torque-out and pull-thru will depend on the strength and type of screw being used. In some cases the failure will be in the screw and
not in the self-clinching standoff. Please contact our Applications Engineering group with any questions.
If you require a standoff which we do not offer in this bulletin, please contact us. We will be happy to work with you to satisfy
your special need. For other types of standard PEM® brand standoffs and spacers see:
Bulletin SK
For more information on how to use
PEM® self-clinching standoffs, see Tech Sheet
PEM® KEYHOLE® standoffs. “PEM®-Ref/Standoff Basics”
on our web site.
Thread Masking
PEM® PreTect™ thread masking plugs provide protection
for PEM® internally threaded fasteners. They reduce labor
and protect threads from paint
PEM® “Single Groove” PEM® “Two Groove” and powder coating processes.
(Registered trademark) (Registered trademark) Fasteners are shipped
Parts that install into with plugs and film (where
stainless steel sheets applicable) already in place.
Plugs and film easily removed
Due to differences in manufacturing methods, location of with a fine tip tool by end user.
grooves and surface appearance on barrel of actual parts Click here for more information.
may be different than shown in photo.
Fastener drawings
and models are
available at
www.pemnet.com
SS™
FASTENERS FOR USE IN
STAINLESS STEEL SHEETS
FASTENERS FOR USE IN STAINLESS STEEL SHEETS
One of the very basics of self-clinching is that the fastener must always be harder than the host sheet to ensure proper and
permanent installation. This is particularly challenging when installing fasteners into stainless steel sheets. Therefore we
have developed this line of specially hardened stainless steel fasteners for installation into stainless steel. Refer to “Dos
and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
Fasteners made from precipitation hardened grade stainless including A286 stainless are particularly useful in applications
such as outdoor equipment, medical devices and chemical and food processing equipment or anywhere corrosive element
exposure is possible.
SP™ PEM 300® nuts provide strong load- FH4™ and FHP™ studs offer externally
bearing internal threads in stainless steel threaded attachment points in two stainless
sheets as thin as .030”/0.8mm - materials, depending on the level of corrosion
PAGE 230 resistance required. (See page 24 for other
non-clinching stud solutions) - PAGE 237
SMPP™ nuts install into stainless steel sheets
as thin as .025”/0.64mm. Reduced outer SGPC™ Swaging Collar Studs can install
dimensions and thinner sheet capabilities into most panel material and accommodate
compared to Type SP thread sizes - PAGE 231 multiple panels as long as the total thickness
does not exceed the maximum sheet thickness
- PAGE 238
A4™ and LA4™ internally threaded floating
nuts allow for mating hole misalignment TP4™ pins provide an unthreaded solution
and locking threads if desired. - PAGE 232 for a wide range of positioning, pivot and
alignment applications. - PAGE 239
F4™ fasteners are ideal for flush applications PFC4™ captive panel screws provides a tool
where a stainless steel sheet requires load- only, captive screw solution for stainless
bearing threads - PAGE 233 steel sheets. (See page 24 for other non-
clinching captive screw solutions) - PAGE 240
SO4™ and BSO4™ standoffs provide internally
threaded fasteners for stacking or spacing SFP™ SpotFast® fasteners provide a solution
applications - PAGES 234 & 235 for flush “face-on-face” sheet attachment in
stainless steel - PAGE 241
TSO4™ through hole threaded standoffs for
clinching into thinner sheets than Type SO4. Material and finish specifications - PAGE 242
Install into sheets as thin as .025”/0.63mm.
Also, threaded at the barrel end minimizing Installation - PAGES 237 - 247
length of screw required - PAGE 236
Performance data - PAGES 248 - 250
For more information on these and other PEM® products, visit our PEMNET ™ Resource Center at www.pemnet.com.
PEM® Stamp
(Registered
Trademark)
PEM® Double
Squares
(Registered
Dimple
Trademark)
(Registered
Trademark)
Single Groove Blue Retain-
(Registered
ing Ring
Trademark)
(Trademark)
To be sure that you are getting genuine PEM® brand fasteners, look for the unique PEM® product markings and identifiers.
On actual parts, location of groove on fastener may be different than shown in photo.
(#8-32)
2 .054 .056
0 .030 .030
.190-24
SP 024 1 .038 .040 .250 .249 .340 .090 .28
(#10-24)
2 .054 .056
0 .030 .030
.190-32
SP 032 1 .038 .040 .250 .249 .340 .090 .28
(#10-32)
2 .054 .056
.250-20 1 .054 .056
SP 0420
(1/4-20) 2 .087 .090 .344 .343 .440 .170 .34
.313-18 1 .054 .056
(5/16-18) SP 0518 2 .087 .090 .413 .412 .500 .230 .38
.313-24 1 .054 .056
(5/16-24) SP 0524 2 .087 .090 .413 .412 .500 .230 .38
.375-16 1 .087 .090
(3/8-16) SP 0616 2 .120 .125 .500 .499 .560 .270 .44
.375-24 1 .087 .090
(3/8-24) SP 0624 2 .120 .125 .500 .499 .560 .270 .44
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
NOTE: Occasionally, users of our self-clinching fasteners encounter thread binding issues when assembling fasteners made from stainless steel.
This problem is typically related to galling. Technical paper, PEM® REF/THREAD GALLING, answers many of the typical questions that we receive
surrounding this problem.
.086-56
SMPP 256 .024 .025 .136 .135 .220 .065 .16
(#2-56)
.112-40
SMPP 440 .024 .025 .166 .165 .220 .065 .20
(#4-40)
.138-32
SMPP 632 .024 .025 .187 .186 .252 .065 .22
(#6-32)
M2.5 x 0.45 SMPP M2.5 0.61 0.64 3.8 3.79 5.6 1.4 3.9
M3 x 0.5 SMPP M3 0.61 0.64 4.24 4.22 5.6 1.4 5.1
M3.5 x 0.6 SMPP M3.5 0.61 0.64 4.75 4.73 6.4 1.4 5.5
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
NOTE: Occasionally, users of our self-clinching fasteners encounter thread binding issues when assembling fasteners made from stainless steel.
This problem is typically related to galling. Technical paper, PEM® REF/THREAD GALLING, answers many of the typical questions that we receive
surrounding this problem.
E T1 A Threaded E T2 A
Top
Elliptically
Formed
D C D C
Clinching profile may vary. Clinching profile may vary. Single “groove” identifier.
A4 LA4 440 1 .038 .038 .290 .289 .290 .360 .130 .190 .30
(#4-40)
.138-32
A4 LA4 632 1 .038 .038 .328 .327 .335 .390 .130 .200 .32
(#6-32)
.164-32
A4 LA4 832 1 .038 .038 .368 .367 .365 .440 .130 .210 .34
(#8-32)
.190-32
A4 LA4 032 1 .038 .038 .406 .405 .405 .470 .170 .270 .36
(#10-32)
M3 x 0.5 A4 LA4 M3 1 0.97 0.97 7.37 7.35 7.37 9.14 3.31 4.83 7.62
M4 x 0.7 A4 LA4 M4 1 0.97 0.97 9.35 9.33 9.28 11.18 3.31 5.34 8.64
M5 x 0.8 A4 LA4 M5 1 0.97 0.97 10.31 10.29 10.29 11.94 4.32 6.86 9.14
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
(1) To meet national aerospace standards and to obtain testing documentation, product must be ordered to US NASM45938/11 specifications. Check
our web site for a complete Military Specification and National Aerospace Standards Reference Guide (Bulletin NASM). Screws for use with PEM
self-clinching locking fasteners should be Class 3A/4h fit or no smaller than Class 2A/6g.
A Hole Size
Thread Thread Shank (Shank) Sheet In Sheet C H Min. Dist. Hole
Size
Type Code Code Max. Thickness +.003 -.000 Max. Nom. C/LTo Edge
.086-56 1 .060 .060-.090
F4 256 .172 .171 .188 .23
(#2-56) 2 .090 .091 Min.
.112-40 1 .060 .060-.090
F4 440 .172 .171 .188 .23
(#4-40) 2 .090 .091 Min.
UNIFIED
1 1.53 1.53-2.3
M3 x 0.5 F4 M3 4.37 4.35 4.8 6
2 2.3 2.32 Min.
1 1.53 1.53-2.3
M4 x 0.7 F4 M4 7.37 7.35 7.9 7.2
2 2.3 2.32 Min.
1 1.53 1.53-2.3
M5 x 0.8 F4 M5 7.92 7.9 8.7 8
2 2.3 2.32 Min.
3 3.05 3.18-3.94
M6 x 1 F4 M6 4 3.84 3.96-4.72 8.74 8.72 9.5 8.8
5 4.63 4.75 Min.
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
UNIFIED
6440 .040 .213 .125 .212 .250 .27 Varies
according
C B 632 .040 .213 .156 .212 .250 .27 to length.
See length
8632 .050 .281 .156 .280 .312 .31 charts
below.
832 .050 .281 .188 .280 .312 .31
032 .050 .281 .203 .280 .312 .31
L H
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Clinching profile may vary.
Hole Size B Min. Dist.
Thread Min. In Sheet Counter- C H Hole C/ D
Code Sheet Bore Dia. -0.13 Nom. ±0.25
Thickness +0.08
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ±0.13 To Edge
METRIC
M3 1 4.22 3.25 4.2 4.8 6
SO4 – 440 – 8 Varies
3.5M3 1 5.41 3.25 5.39 6.4 6.8 according
to length.
M3.5 1 5.41 3.9 5.39 6.4 6.8 See length
charts
Type and Thread Length M4 1.27 7.14 4.8 7.12 7.9 8
below.
Material Code Code M5 1.27 7.14 5.35 7.12 7.9 8
Length
“L” +.002 –.005 (Length Code in 32nds of an inch)
Thread Type Thread
Size Code .125 .187 .250 .312 .375 .437 .500 .562 .625 .687 .750 .812 .875 .937 1.00 1.062
.112-40 440
SO4 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 — — — — —
(#4-40) 6440(1)
UNIFIED
.138-32 632
SO4 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#6-32) 8632(1)
.164-32
SO4 832 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#8-32)
.190-32
SO4 032 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#10-32)
D Dimension ±.010
None .187 .312 .437
M3 x 0.5 SO4 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 — — —
3.5M3(1)
M3.5 x 0.6 SO4 M3.5 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
M4 x 0.7 SO4 M4 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
M5 x 0.8 SO4 M5 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
D Dimension ±0.25
None 4 8 11
(1) Standoffs with thread codes 6440, 8632, and 3.5M3 offer greater wall thickness for thread sizes 440, 632, and M3 respectively.
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
UNIFIED
Varies
6440 .040 .213 .212 .250 .27 according
C to length.
632 .040 .213 .212 .250 .27
See length
8632 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31 charts
below.
832 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31
032 .050 .281 .280 .312 .31
L H
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Clinching profile may vary. Min. Dist.
Thread Min. Hole Size C H F
Code Sheet In Sheet
-0.13 Nom. Hole C/ Min.
Thickness +0.08 To Edge
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION M3
METRIC
1 4.22 4.2 4.8 6
BSO4 – 440 – 8 3.5M3 1 5.41 5.39 6.4 6.8
Varies
according
to length.
M3.5 1 5.41 5.39 6.4 6.8 See length
charts
M4 1.27 7.14 7.12 7.9 8 below.
Type and Thread Length
Material Code Code M5 1.27 7.14 7.12 7.9 8
.112-40 440
BSO4 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#4-40) 6440(1)
UNIFIED
.138-32 632
BSO4 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#6-32) 8632(1)
.164-32
BSO4 832 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#8-32)
.190-32
BSO4 032 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
(#10-32)
F Dimension Min. .156 .187 .250 .375
Thread Length “L” +0.05 –0.13
Size x Type Thread
Code (Length Code in millimeters)
Pitch
M3
METRIC
M3 x 0.5 BSO4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
3.5M3(1)
M3.5 x 0.6 BSO4 M3.5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
M4 x 0.7 BSO4 M4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
M5 x 0.8 BSO4 M5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25
F Dimension Min.
3.2 4 5 6.5 9.5
(1) Standoffs with thread codes 6440, 8632, and 3.5M3 offer greater wall thickness for thread sizes 440, 632, and M3 respectively.
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
UNIFIED
may vary. 256 .025 .166 .165 .187 .23
.200
C C 6256 .025 .213 .212 .250 .27
440 .025 .166 .165 .187 .23
.220
6440 .025 .213 .212 .250 .27
632 .025 .213 .212 .270 .250 .27
L L
Clinching profile may vary. All dimensions are in millimeters.
Style #3
F Min. Hole Size F Min. Min. Dist.
Thread Sheet In Sheet C Thread H Hole C/
Code Thickness +0.08 -0.13 Depth Nom. To Edge
METRIC
C M25 0.63 4.22 4.2 4.8 5.8
5.2
6M25 0.63 5.41 5.39 6.4 7.1
M3 0.63 4.22 4.2 4.8 5.8
6.2
6M3 0.63 5.41 5.39 6.4 7.1
L H M35 0.63 5.41 5.39 7 6.4 7.1
.086-56 256
TSO4 090(1) 125(1) 187(1) 250(1) 312(2) 375(2) 437(3) 500(3) 562(3) 625(3) 687(3) 750(3)
(#2-56) 6256(4)
.112-40 440 (1)
TSO4 090 125(1) 187(1) 250(1) 312(2) 375(2) 437(2) 500(3) 562(3) 625(3) 687(3) 750(3)
(#4-40) 6440(4)
.138-32 TSO4 632 – 125(1) 187(1) 250(1) 312(1) 375(2) 437(2) 500(2) 562(3) 625(3) 687(3) 750(3)
(#6-32)
M2.5 x 0.45 TSO4 M25 200(1) 300(1) 400(1) 600(1) 800(2) 1000(3) 1200(3) 1400(3) 1600(3) 1800(3) 1900(3)
6M25(4)
M3
M3 x 0.5 TSO4 200(1) 300(1) 400(1) 600(1) 800(2) 1000(2) 1200(3) 1400(3) 1600(3) 1800(3) 1900(3)
6M3(4)
M3.5 x 0.6 TSO4 M35 – 300(1) 400(1) 600(1) 800(1) 1000(2) 1200(2) 1400(3) 1600(3) 1800(3) 1900(3)
METRIC
.090 - .250 .251 - .375 .376 - .750 2.00 - 6.30 6.32 - 9.50 9.52 - 19.00
6256 6M25
The increased hardness of stainless steel
440 M3
.090 - .280 .281 - .450 .451 - .750 2.00 - 7.50 7.52 - 11.00 11.02 - 19.00 panels requires careful consideration
6440 6M3 when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for
632 .120 - .350 .351 - .540 .541 - .750 M35 3.00 - 8.80 8.82 - 12.80 12.82 - 19.00
further information.
.138-32
FH4 FHP 632 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040-.095 .137 .157 .206 .090 .250
(#6-32)
.164-32
FH4 FHP 832 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040-.095 .163 .183 .237 .090 .281
(#8-32)
.190-32
FH4 FHP 032 — 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .040-.095 .189 .209 .256 .100 .281
(#10-32)
.250-20
FH4 — 0420 — — 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .062-.117 .249 .269 .337 .135 .312
(1/4-20)
parts
M3 x 0.5 FH4 FHP M3 6 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 — — 1 - 2.4 3 3.3 4.6 2.1 5.6
M4 x 0.7 FH4 FHP M4 6 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 30 35 1 - 2.4 4 4.7 5.9 2.4 7.2
M5 x 0.8 FH4 FHP M5 — 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 30 35 1 - 2.4 5 5.3 6.5 2.7 7.2
M6 x 1 FH4 — M6 — — 10 12 15 18 20 25 30 35 1.6 - 3 6 6.8 8.2 3 7.9
(1) Performance may be reduced for studs installed into thicker sheets.
(2) Threads are gaugeable to within 2 pitches of the “S” Max. dimension. A class 3B/5H maximum material commercial nut shall pass up to the “S” Max.
dimension.
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
.112-40
SGPC 440 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 — .024 - .047 .171 .205 .228 .101 .024 .160
(#4-40)
.138-32
SGPC 632 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .196 .229 .256 .109 .024 .180
(#6-32)
.164-32
SGPC 832 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .223 .259 .279 .109 .024 .200
(#8-32)
.190-32
SGPC 032 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .249 .280 .307 .109 .024 .210
(#10-32)
.250-20
SGPC 0420 — 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 .024 - .047 .309 .343 .366 .131 .028 .250
(1/4-20)
(1) When using the fastener to attach more than one sheet or panel, the stud may seem slightly loose after installation. This is a normal condition in some
applications and will not affect the stud’s performance.
(2) See installation data for tooling requirements. Contact Technical Support ([email protected]) for other thicknesses.
(3) Threads are gaugeable to within 2 pitches on the “S” Max. dimension. A class 3B/5H maximum material commercial nut shall pass up to the “S” Max.
dimension.
P ±.002 Code .375 .500 .625 .750 1.00 Thickness +.003 -.000 (1)
to Edge
.125 TP4 125 6 8 10 12 — .040 .144 .090 .205 .090 .250
.187 TP4 187 6 8 10 12 16 .040 .205 .132 .270 .090 .280
.250 TP4 250 — 8 10 12 16 .040 .272 .177 .335 .090 .310
Min.
Pin Pin Min. Hole Size S
Length Code “L” ± 0.4 D H Distance
Diameter Type Diameter Sheet in Sheet Max.
(Length Code in millimeters)
±0.15 ±0.4 HoleC/L
P ±0.05 Code Thickness +0.08 (1)
to Edge
METRIC
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
Dimples on head
designates metric
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION thread.
PFC4 – 832 – 50 E
T2
Type and Thread Screw T1
Material Code Length Single “groove”
Code identifier.
PEM
Shoulder Trademark
provides Blue plastic
positive P G retaining ring.
stop during A
installation. C
40 .250 .000
.138-32
PFC4 632 62 .060 .060 .281 .280 .375 .375 .125 .380 .540 #2 .28
(#6-32)
84 .500 .250
50 .312 .000
.164-32
PFC4 832 72 .060 .060 .312 .311 .406 .437 .125 .480 .705 #2 .31
(#8-32)
94 .562 .250
50 .312 .000
.190-32
PFC4 032 72 .060 .060 .344 .343 .437 .437 .125 .490 .705 #2 .34
(#10-32)
94 .562 .250
62 9.5 3.2
50 7.9 0
M4 x 0.7 PFC4 M4 72 1.53 1.53 7.92 7.9 10.31 11.1 3.2 12.19 17.91 #2 7.87
94 14.3 6.4
50 7.9 0
M5 x 0.8 PFC4 M5 72 1.53 1.53 8.74 8.72 11.1 11.1 3.2 12.45 17.91 #2 8.63
94 14.3 6.4
The increased hardness of stainless steel panels requires careful consideration when installing self-clinching fasteners.
Refer to “Dos and Don’ts” on page 251 for further information.
Panel 1 Panel 2
Type Thickness Mounting Hole Thickness Mounting Hole Min. Dist.
and Thickness ±0.08 mm / +0.08 mm / Min. +0.08 mm / C1 C2 E L Hole C/L
Size Code ±.003” +.003” –.000” (1) +.003” –.000” Max. Max. Max. Max. To Edge
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
SFP-3 1.0 1 .039 3 .118 1 .039 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 1.9 .075 2.54 .1
SFP-3 1.2 1.2 .047 3 .118 1.2 .047 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 2.31 .091 2.54 .1
SFP-3 1.6 1.6 .063 3 .118 1.6 .063 2.5 .098 2.98 .117 2.48 .097 3.76 .148 3.12 .123 2.54 .1
SFP-5 1.0 1 .039 5 .197 1 .039 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.47 .176 5.56 .219 1.9 .075 3.6 .14
SFP-5 1.2 1.2 .047 5 .197 1.2 .047 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.47 .176 5.56 .219 2.31 .091 3.6 .14
SFP-5 1.6 1.6 .063 5 .197 1.6 .063 4.5 .177 4.98 .196 4.47 .176 5.56 .219 3.12 .123 3.6 .14
SP • • • • Excellent No
SMPP • • • • Excellent No
A4 • • (retainer) • (insert) • • Fair Yes
LA4 • • (retainer) • (insert) • (retainer) • (insert) • Fair Yes
F4 • • • • Fair Yes
SO4 • • • • (2) Fair Yes
BSO4 • • • • (2) Fair Yes
TSO4 • • • • (2) Fair Yes
FH4 • • • • Fair Yes
FHP • • • • Excellent No
SGPC • • • • Excellent No
TP4 Not threaded • • • Fair Yes
PFC4
(Retainer) • • •
Fair Yes
(Screw) • • •
(Spring) •
SFP Not threaded • • • Excellent Yes
Part number codes for finishes None MD
INSTALLATION
SP™/SMPP™ NUTS(1)
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place fastener into the recommended counterbore anvil hole and place the mounting hole (punch side) over the shank of the
fastener as shown in diagram.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the head of the nut comes into contact with the sheet
material.
RECOMMENDED
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling COUNTERBORE ANVIL
SP NUTS R1 PUNCH
R
Anvil Dimensions (in.) Anvil Punch
Thread A P +.000 R R1 Part Part
Code ±.002 –.001 Max. +.005 Number Number
UNIFIED
Anvil Dimensions (mm) Anvil Punch Anvil Dimensions (in.) Anvil Punch
UNIFIED
Thread A P R R1 Part Part Thread A P +.000 R R1 Part Part
Code ±0.05 –0.03 Max. +0.13 Number Number Code ±.002 –.001 Max. +.005 Number Number
M2 6.48 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012821 256 .223 .060 .010 .005 8020023
M2.5-0 6.48 1.42 0.25 0.13 8019477 440 .233 .060 .010 .005 8021386 975200048
METRIC
M2.5-1,-2 6.48 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012821 632 .255 .060 .010 .005 8020024
M3 6.48 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012821 975200048
M3.5 7.26 1.63 0.25 0.13 8012822 Anvil Dimensions (mm) Anvil Punch
METRIC
(1) For best results, we recommend using the installation punch and anvil shown. Deviations from recommended installation tooling may result in sheet
distortion and reduced performance.
NOTE: Variations in hole preparation, installation tooling, installation force, and sheet material type, thickness, and hardness will affect both performance
and tooling life.
A4™/LA4™ NUTS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring. PUNCH
2. Place fastener into the anvil hole and place the mounting hole
(punch side) over the shank of the fastener. .054”/1.37mm
±.002”/±0.05mm
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply sufficient
squeezing force until the flange contacts the sheet material.
.25”/8mm Min.
INSTALLATION
F4™ NUTS
1. Prepare properly sized round mounting hole in sheet. PUNCH
Do not perform any secondary operations such as
deburring.
2. Place shank of fastener into mounting hole (punch
side) as show in the drawing. PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, ANVIL
Thread Anvil Part Punch Part
apply sufficient squeezing force only to embed Code Number Number
hexagonal head flush in sheet. The metal displaced by 256/M2/M2.5 8006193
the head flows evenly and smoothly around the back- 440/M3 975200040
tapered shank of the fastener, securely locking it into 632 975200041
975200048
place with high pullout resistance while at the same 832/M4 975200042
time, the embedded hexagonal head provides high 1032/M5 975200043
torque resistance. 0420/M6 975200044
SO4™/BSO4™ STANDOFFS
1. Prepare properly sized round mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary
operations such as deburring. PUNCH
2. Insert standoff barrel through mounting hole (punch side) in sheet and into anvil as
shown.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough squeezing force to
embed the standoff’s head flush in the sheet.
“L” Min. ANVIL
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Thread Anvil Part Punch Part
Code Number Number
440/M3 970200487300
C
632/6440/M3.5/3.5M3 970200012300 See pages 234 &
975200048 +.004”/0.1mm
832/8632/M4 970200013300 235 for “C” and “L”.
+.007”/0.18mm
032/M5 970200013300
Code B Anvil Part No. Over 0.63 mm Number
M2.5/M3 4.75 - 4.93 8003291 970200487300 975200048
6M25/6M3/M35 6.35 - 6.53 8003292 970200012300 975200048
INSTALLATION
FH4™/FHP™ STUDS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Insert stud through mounting hole (punch side) of sheet and into anvil hole.
3. With punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force to embed the head of the stud flush in the sheet.
For FH4/FHP studs, a special anvil with a raised ring is required to create a proper installation. The raised ring acts as a second displacer of the stainless
sheet material, thereby ensuring that the annular groove is filled. Please see page 10 for recommended sheet thickness range.
The special anvils are available from PEM stock or can be machined from suitable tool steel. A hardness of HRC 55 / HB 547 minimum is required to provide
long anvil life. We recommend measuring the “P” dimension every 5000 installations to ensure that the anvil remains within specification.
INSTALLATION
PUNCH
SGPC™ STUDS 1.
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet.
2. Insert fastener through mounting hole (punch side) as shown in drawing.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the
punch pushes over the protruding knurls of the stud. SHEET(S)
BEFORE AFTER
PEMSERTER® Installation Tooling
Punch Dimensions (in.) Punch Anvil Dimensions (in.) Anvil
Thread
Code A B Part C P Part
+.004 –.000 +.000 –.001 Number +.001 +.000 –.002 Number
UNIFIED
B
Punch Dimensions (mm) Punch Anvil Dimensions (mm) Anvil
Thread
Code A B Part C P Part
+0.1 –0.025 Number +0.025 –0.05 Number
METRIC
TP4™ PINS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in sheet. Do not perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place pin end through mounting hole in sheet (punch side) and into anvil as shown
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force to embed the pin’s head flush in the sheet.
SHEET
L +.125”/ L +.125”/
3.18mm Min. 3.18mm Min.
ANVIL
INSTALLATION
440 .345 .358 975200027 975200060
SFP™ FASTENERS
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in both panels. Do not perform any
secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place Panel 2 with smaller mounting hole on anvil and align Panel 1 mounting hole
with the mounting hole of Panel 2. Place the smaller diameter end of the fastener PUNCH
through the mounting holes as shown in the drawing to the right.
3. With installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply squeezing force until the Panel 1
fastener is flush with the top of Panel 1. Panel 2
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a Haeger® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of PEM®
self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
SP™ NUTS
Type Thread Shank Test Sheet Installation Pushout Torque-out Test Sheet Material
Code Code Material (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) 304 Stainless Steel
0 8000 130 14 Thread Shank Installation Pushout Torque-out
304 Stainless Code Code (kN) (N) (N•m)
SP 256 1 9000 165 17
Steel
2 10000 290 18 M2 1 40 725 1.92
2 44.5 1290 2.03
0 8000 130 14
304 Stainless 0 35.6 575 1.58
SP 440 1 9000 165 17
Steel M2.5 1 40 725 1.92
2 10000 290 18 2 44.5 1290 2.03
0 8500 140 18 0 35.6 575 1.58
304 Stainless
METRIC
SP 632 1 9500 170 24 M3 1 40 725 1.92
2 Steel
10500 340 28 2 44.5 1290 2.03
UNIFIED
SMPP™ NUTS
Max. Nut Test Sheet Thickness Sheet Installation Tensile Test Bushing
Pushout Torque-out
Thread Tightening Torque and Material Hardness (lbs.) Strength Hole Size For
(lbs.) (in. lbs.)
UNIFIED
Code (in. lbs.) (2) (3) (in.) HRB (4) (lbs.) (2) (3) Pull Thru Tests (in.)
256 7.5 .029” 304 Stainless Steel 89 4500 50 10 640 .104
440 13 .029” 304 Stainless Steel 89 4500 75 15 850 .112
632 20 .029” 304 Stainless Steel 89 6000 75 20 1020 .138
Max. Nut Test Sheet Thickness Sheet Installation Tensile Test Bushing
Pushout Torque-out
Thread Tightening Torque and Material Hardness (kN) Strength Hole Size For
(N) (N•m)
METRIC
Code (N•m) (2) (3) (mm) HRB (4) (kN) (2) (3) Pull Thru Tests (mm)
M2.5 1.05 0.7 mm 304 Stainless Steel 89 20 200 1.35 3.05 3
M3 1.5 0.7 mm 304 Stainless Steel 89 20 300 1.85 3.63 3.5
M3.5 2.1 0.7 mm 304 Stainless Steel 89 27 300 1.9 4.25 4
A4™/LA4™ NUTS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
300 Series Stainless Steel 300 Series Stainless Steel
Thread Thread
Installation Retainer Pushout Retainer Torque-out Installation Retainer Pushout Retainer Torque-out
METRIC
Code Code
UNIFIED
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by observing
proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all proper installation
parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure may affect performance.
Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical assistance and/or samples for
this purpose.
(2) Head size is adequate to ensure failure in threaded area when tested with industry standard tensile bushing diameter.
(3) Tightening torque shown will induce preload of 70% of nut min axial strength with K or nut factor is equal to 0.20. In some applications tightening torque
may need to be adjusted based on the actual K value. All tightening torques shown are based on 180 ksi/ Property Class 12.9 screws. For lower strength
screws the tightening torque is proportionately less. For example, for 120 ksi screws, torque is 67% value shown. For 900 MPa screws (Property Class
9.8) torque value is 74% of value shown.
(4) Installation controlled by proper cavity depth in punch.
PERFORMANCE DATA
F4™ NUTS
Axial Max. Screw Test Sheet Material Axial Max. Screw Test Sheet Material
Thread Shank Tensile Tightening 300 Series Stainless Steel Thread Shank Tensile Tightening 300 Series Stainless Steel
Strength Torque (2) Strength Torque (2)
Code Code Installation Pushout Code Code Installation Pushout
(lbs.) (1) (in. lbs.) (kN) (1) (N•m)
(lbs.) (lbs.) (kN) (N)
1 1
256 130 1.50 7200 270 M2 0.57 0.16 32 1200
2 2
1 1
UNIFIED
METRIC
2 2
1 1
632 190 3.50 7200 290 M3 0.85 0.36 32 1200
2 2
1 1
832 230 5.25 9000 450 M4 1 0.58 40 2000
2 2
1 1
032 280 7.50 9000 450 M5 1.3 0.88 40 2000
2 2
3 3
0420 4 1035 36 14000 1000 M6 4 4.5 3.7 65 4500
5 5
SO4™/BSO4™ STANDOFFS
Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material
Tightening Tightening
Thread Torque For . 050” 300 Series Stainless Steel Thread Torque For 1.3 mm 300 Series Stainless Steel
Code Mating Screw Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru Code Mating Screw Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru
(in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (3) (lbs.) (3) (N•m) (kN) (N) (N•m) (3) (N) (3)
METRIC
UNIFIED
440 4.75 5500 336 17 600 M3 0.55 24.5 1493 2.36 2650
6440 4.75 9500 647 30 680 3.5M3 0.55 42.3 2877 3.06 3025
632 8.75 9500 647 30 680 M3.5 0.91 42.3 2877 3.06 3025
8632 8.75 10500 900 71 1392 M4 2 46.7 4003 8.89 6458
832 18 10500 900 71 1517 M5 3.6 46.7 4003 8.89 6226
032 32 10500 900 71 1368
TSO4™ STANDOFFS
Test Sheet Material
.025” / 0.64 mm 300 series stainless steel
Standoff “C”
Dimension Installation Pushout Torque-out (3)
(lbs.) (kN) (lbs.) (N) (in. lbs.) (N•m)
.165” / 4.2 mm 5700 25.4 125 555 13 1.5
FH4™ STUDS
Recommended Test Sheet Material Recommended Test Sheet Material
Nut Sheet .060” Stainless Steel (4) Nut Sheet 1.5 mm Stainless Steel (4)
Thread Thread
Tightening Hardness
Tightening Hardness Code
Code Torque HRB Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru Torque HRB Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru
METRIC
(in. lbs.) (5) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (N•m) (5) (kN) (N) (N•m) (N)
UNIFIED
440 11 87 9000 450 16 800 M3 1.3 87 40 2220 1.8 3500
632 22 87 9500 540 27 1350 M4 3.8 86 50 3210 6.5 8000
832 35 86 11200 780 58 1800 M5 6 86 53 3560 10.7 10000
032 51 86 12000 800 95 2250 M6 11 86 100 4200 15.9 14900
0420 117 86 23000 1600 156 3900
(1) Failure occurs in screw stripping using a 60 ksi screw and the shortest shank length fastener.
(2) Torque values shown will produce a preload of 70% of axial tensile strength with nut factor “k” equal to .2. Threads may strip or head of the nut may
bend and/or fail if screw is over-torqued beyond these values or if actual k value is less than .2.
(3) Joint failure in torque-out and pull-thru will depend on the strength and type of screw being used. In some cases the failure will be in the screw and not
in the self-clinching standoff. Please contact our Applications Engineering group with any questions.
(4) Performance may be reduced for studs installed into thicker sheets.
(5) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K.
PERFORMANCE DATA
FHP™ STUDS
Recommended Test Sheet Material Recommended Test Sheet Material
Nut Sheet .060” Stainless Steel (1) Nut Sheet 1.5 mm (for M4&M5) 2 mm (for M3) Stainless Steel (1)
Thread Thread
Tightening Hardness
Tightening Hardness Code
Code
METRIC
Torque HRB Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru Torque HRB Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru
UNIFIED
(in. lbs.) (2) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (N•m) (2) (kN) (N) (N•m) (N)
440 8.1 86 9000 520 10.6 605 M3 1.3 86 40 2500 1.6 3500
632 16 86 9500 670 19.5 940 M4 2.9 86 50 3000 3.9 6000
832 28 86 11200 785 37.5 1415 M5 4.4 86 53 3560 7.35 7320
032 34 86 12000 800 59.5 1500
SGPC™ STUDS
Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material Max. Rec. Test Sheet Material
Tightening Sheet Single sheet of .039” 300 Series Stainless Steel Tightening Sheet Single sheet of 1 mm 300 Series Stainless Steel
Thread Torque For Hardness Thread
Torque For Hardness
Code Mating Nut HRB Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru Code Mating Nut HRB Installation Pushout Torque-out Pull-thru
(in. lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in. lbs.) (lbs.) (N•m) (kN) (N) (N•m) (N)
METRIC
UNIFIED
256 2.3 92 4000 425 5.2 415 M2.5 0.41 92 20.1 2546 0.86 2561
440 5 92 5000 450 8 512 M3 0.74 92 21.8 2051 1.35 2851
632 9 92 5500 460 15.8 811
M4 1.7 92 28.5 2396 2.66 4000
832 17 92 6500 480 29.3 1133 M5 3.5 92 35.6 3200 5.96 4284
032 27 92 7300 545 42.8 1273 M6 5.9 92 42.3 3262 9.19 6311
0420 58 92 10000 565 76.7 1721
TP4™ PINS
Test Sheet Material Test Sheet Material
Pin 300 Series Stainless Steel Pin 300 Series Stainless Steel
UNIFIED
SFP™ FASTENERS
Test Sheet Material
Type and Thickness Stainless Steel
Size Code Installation Pushout of Panel 2 (3)
kN lbs. N lbs.
SFP-3 1.0 13.5 3000 620 140
SFP-3 1.2 20 4500 830 186
SFP-3 1.6 22 5000 1500 340
SFP-5 1.0 18 4000 990 222
SFP-5 1.2 27 6000 1158 260
SFP-5 1.6 33 7500 3117 701
(1) Performance may be reduced for studs installed into thicker sheets.
(2) Tightening torque shown is a theoretical value calculated to induce a load of 75% of minimum axial yield strength of the stud with an assumed K.
(3) In most applications, pullout strength of the SpotFast® fastener in Panel 1 exceeds pushout strength of Panel 2.
“Don’ts”
DON’T attempt to install any self-clinching fastener other than types SP, SMPP, A4, LA4, F4, SO4, BSO4, TSO4, FH4, FHP, SGPC, TP4, PFC4, and SFP into a stainless steel sheet.
DON’T deburr mounting holes on either side of sheet before installing fasteners – deburring will remove metal required for clinching fastener into sheet.
DON’T install fastener closer to edge of sheet than minimum edge distance – unless a special fixture is used to restrict bulging of sheet edge.
DON’T install fastener near bends or other highly cold worked areas where sheet hardness may be greater than the limit for the fastener.
DON’T over-squeeze. It will crush the head, distort threads, and buckle the sheet. Be certain to determine optimum installation force by test prior to production runs.
DON’T attempt to insert fastener with a hammer blow – under any circumstances. A hammer blow won’t permit the sheet metal to flow and develop an interlock with the fastener’s contour.
DON’T install screw in the head side of fastener. Install from opposite side so that the fastener load is toward sheet. The clinching force is designed only to hold the fastener during handling
and to resist torque during assembly.
SSA™
SNAP-TOP®
STANDOFFS
SNAP-TOP® STANDOFFS
Installation forces, pushout and snap forces are listed on page 256.
Mounting Hole
Aluminum Carbon Stainless ±.005
Max.
±.005
±.005
Steel Steel Diameter Code .250 .312 .375 .437 .500 .562 .625 .750 .875 1.00
(1) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
(2) This length not available for Type SSA aluminum fasteners.
PANEL 2 (TOP)
PANEL 1 (BOTTOM)
Location Edge
Mounting Hole B
Tolerance C1
All dimensions are in inches.
Panel 1 Panel 2
Bottom Top
Hardness Edge Edge
Mounting Panel Thickness Location Hardness Mounting Panel Thickness
Type Max. Distance Range Distance
UNIFIED
H P L T
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
KSS B - 156 - 10 X
B C
Type Material Mounting Hole A Length Finish
Diameter Code Code
(1) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
PANEL 2 (TOP)
PANEL 1 (BOTTOM)
Location Edge
Mounting Hole B
Tolerance C1
All dimensions are in inches.
Panel 1 Panel 2
Bottom Top
Hardness Edge Thickness Edge
UNIFIED
Mounting Hole A Type and (Length Code in 32nds of an inch) Sheet A C E B P Size in Sheet Min.
Diameter Code Material .250 .375 Thickness Max. Max. ±.005 ±.005 ±.005 +.003 –.000 Solder Pad
156 SMTSSS 8 12 .060 .060 .161 .250 .188 .141 .166 .276
Mounting Hole A Type and Length Code “L” ±0.13 Sheet A C E B P Size in Sheet Min.
Diameter Code Material (Length
Code in
millimeters) Thickness Max. Max. ±0.13 ±0.13 ±0.13 +0.08 Solder Pad
PANEL 1 (BOTTOM)
Mounting Hole B Location Tolerance
All dimensions are in inches.
Panel 1 Panel 2
Bottom Top
Thickness Edge
UNIFIED
Type and Hardness Mounting Panel Thickness Location Hardness Mounting Panel
Range Distance
Material Max. Hole B Material Min. Tolerance Max. Hole A Material
C Min.
+.003 -.000 +.003 -.000
SMTSSS No Limit .166 P.C. Board .060 ±.005 No Limit .156 P.C. Board or Metal .040 - .070 .100
Type and Hardness Mounting Panel Thickness Location Hardness Mounting Panel
Range Distance
Material Max. Hole B Material Min. Tolerance Max. Hole A Material
C Min.
+0.08 +0.08
SMTSSS No Limit 4.22 P.C. Board 1.53 ±0.13 No Limit 4 P.C. Board or Metal 1 - 1.8 2.54
INSTALLATION
PUNCH PUNCH
.216-.219” / .216-.219” /
5.49-5.56mm 5.49-5.56mm
1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in Panel 1 (Bottom). 1. Prepare properly sized mounting hole in Panel 1 (Bottom).
2. Place the fastener through the mounting hole (preferably the punch 2. Place the fastener through the mounting hole of the board and
side) of the panel and into the anvil as shown in the drawing. into the anvil as shown in the drawing.
3. With punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough 3. With punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply only enough
squeezing force to embed the head flush with the panel. squeezing force to bring the head into contact with the board.
SMTSSS™ Standoffs
Polyimide patch applied
here for vacuum pick up.
INSTALLATION NOTES
• For best results we recommend using a HAEGER® or PEMSERTER® machine for installation of
PEM® self-clinching fasteners. Please check our website for more information.
• Visit the Animation Library on our website to view the installation process for select products.
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
SSA™/SSS™/SSC™ Standoffs - Self-clinching KSSB™ Standoffs - Broaching
Pushout Pushout
Panel 2 (Top)
TESTING CONDITIONS
Panel 1 (Bottom) Oven Quad ZCR convection oven with 4 zones
High Temp 473˚F / 245˚C
Board Finish 62% Sn, 38% Pb
Panel 1 (Bottom) Panel 2 (Top) Board .062" / 1.58 mm thick, Single Layer FR-4
Type, Material Max. Snap-on Min. Snap
Screen Printer Ragin Manual Printer
and Size Test Sheet Material Pullout (2) Force Retention Force Vias None
SMTSSS-156 .062" Single Layer FR-4 113 lbs. 20 lbs. 6 lbs.
Spokes 2 Spoke Pattern
Paste Alpha CVP-390 Sn96.5/3.0Ag/0.5Cu (SAC305)
SMTSSS-4MM 1.58 mm Single Layer FR-4 500 N 89 N 27 N
Stencil .0067” / 0.17 mm thick
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by
observing proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all
proper installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure
may affect performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical
assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
(2) With lead-free paste. Average values of 30 test points. The data presented here is for general comparison purposes only. Actual performance is
dependent upon application variables. We will be happy to provide samples for you to install. If required, we can also test your installed hardware and
provide you with the performance data specific to your application.
TD™
SELF-CLINCHING TY-D®
CABLE TIE-MOUNTS
SELF-CLINCHING TY-D® CABLE TIE-MOUNTS
PEM® TY-D® self-clinching tie-mounts provide secure metal attachment points for mounting wires to electronic chassis
or enclosures. TY-D® hardware can be a great improvement over traditional mounting methods. They can be placed with
assurance at designed locations and angles to remain secure for the life of the assembly.
TDS™ cable tie-mounts allow users to easily slide ties through the hardware’s “eye” for fast cable mounting.
C
G
Profile Shown Actual Size.
B
40 60 175 E L
Clinching profile may vary.
K M
TDS 40 4 .121 .040 - .050 .250 x .125 .246 .055 .065 .160 .308 .150 .040 .147
TDS 60 6 .184 .040 - .070 .312 x .187 .308 .075 .065 .205 .370 .180 .040 .196
TDS 175 12 .371 .040 - .125 .500 x .375 .496 .130 .095 .360 .562 .285 .040 .262
K M
TDS 40 4 3.07 1.02 - 1.27 6.35 x 3.18 6.25 1.4 1.65 4.06 7.82 3.81 1.02 3.73
TDS 60 6 4.67 1.02 -1.78 7.93 x 4.75 7.82 1.91 1.65 5.21 9.4 4.57 1.02 4.98
TDS 175 12 9.42 1.02 - 3.18 12.7 x 9.53 12.6 3.3 2.4 9.14 14.28 7.24 1.02 6.65
(1) Reference to typical load rating (in pounds) for appropriate size nylon cable tie.
(2) See PEM Technical Support section of our web site for related plating standards and specifications.
(3) When applied to stainless steel base metal a nickel strike is used under the zinc for improved adhesion
(4) HRB - Hardness Rockwell “B” Scale. HB - Hardness Brinell.
INSTALLATION
1. Punch a properly sized rectangular mounting hole in the sheet. Do not PUNCH
perform any secondary operations such as deburring.
2. Place the fastener through the mounting hole (preferably the punch side) G* +.010”/
+0.25mm Min.
and into the anvil.
3. With the installation punch and anvil surfaces parallel, apply a squeezing
force until the bottom of the fastener becomes flush with the sheet. ANVIL
All dimensions are in millimeters. NOTE: The punch must be large enough to cover the
entire base of the fastener to ensure proper installation.
Part W Anvil Part Punch Part
Number ±0.03 Number Number
METRIC
PERFORMANCE DATA(1)
Test Sheet Material
Cold-rolled Steel 5052-H34 Aluminum
Part Number
UNIFIED
Installation Pushout Pull Thru Side Load Installation Pushout Pull Thru Side Load
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
Pushout
TDS-40-4 1800 175 100 90 1000 90 100 90
TDS-60-6 2500 260 160 100 1500 140 160 100 Pull Thru
TDS-175-12 4000 350 175 140 3000 235 175 140
Installation Pushout Pull Thru Side Load Installation Pushout Pull Thru Side Load
(kN) (N) (N) (N) (kN) (N) (N) (N)
Pushout
TDS-40-4 8 780 445 400 4.5 400 445 400
TDS-60-6 11 1160 712 445 6.7 620 712 445 Pull Thru
TDS-175-12 17.7 1560 780 620 13.3 1040 780 620
(1) Published installation forces are for general reference. Actual set-up and confirmation of complete installation should be made by
observing proper seating of fastener as described in the installation steps. Other performance values reported are averages when all
proper installation parameters and procedures are followed. Variations in mounting hole size, sheet material, and installation procedure
may affect performance. Performance testing this product in your application is recommended. We will be happy to provide technical
assistance and/or samples for this purpose.
Side 2 Side 2
VM™
PEM® VARIMOUNT®
BONDING FASTENERS
PEM® VARIMOUNT® BONDING FASTENERS
The PEM® VariMount® fastening system eliminates issues associated with welding. The assembly is comprised of a
standard PEM® nut, stud or standoff mounted permanently into a base plate. The assembly can then be fastened or
bonded to assorted panel types in a variety of ways:
Base plates can also be purchased separately. See page 267 for dimensional data and part numbers.
The charts below show PEM® fastener types/sizes that are offered as standard VariMount® assemblies.
T
E
BPT
For more information on PEM® standard nuts, see Bulletin CL on our website.
Closed End
B
L
T
E
BPT
For more information on PEM® blind nuts, see Bulletin B on our website.
The charts below show PEM® fastener types/sizes that are offered as standard VariMount® assemblies.
C
Closed end
L BPT
BPD
STANDOFFS
All dimensions are in inches.
Thread Type and Material Thread Length Code “L” +.002 –.005 (Length code in 32nds of an inch)
BPD BPT C
Size Steel Code .375 .437 .500 .562 .625
±.0165 ±.004 .687 .750
+.000 –.005
UNIFIED
VM20BSO 20
M3 x 0.5 M3 12 14 16 18 1.2 4.2
VM30BSO 30
VM20BSO 20
M3.5 x 0.6 M3.5 12 14 16 18 1.2 5.39
VM30BSO 30
L
BPT
BPD
STUDS
All dimensions are in inches.
Thread Type and Material Thread Length Code “L” ±.015 (Length code in 16ths of an inch)
BPD BPT
Size Steel Stainless Steel Code .500 .625 .750 .875 1.00
±.0165 1.25
±.004
VM20FH VMC20FHP .787
UNIFIED
M4 x 0.7 M4 10 12 15 18 20 25 1.2
VM30FH VMC30FHP 30
VM20FH VMC20FHP 20
M5 x 0.8 M5 10 12 15 18 20 25 1.2
VM30FH VMC30FHP 30
VM20FH — 20 1.8
M6 x 1 M6 10 12 15 18 20 25
VM30FH — 30 1.6
(1) Accepts standard M3.5 / #6-32 self-clinching nuts. Also flush-head studs #10-24 / #10-32 sizes. BASE PLATE PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
May also accept 4.8 mm / 3/16” rivet.
(2) 30mm OD parts include standard holes sized for 3.2 mm / 1/8” rivets. 20mm OD parts include
BP 1.2 – 422 – 30 ZI
standard holes sized for 2 mm / 5/64” rivets BP C 1.2 – 422 – 30
(3) “Blank” equals steel base plate and “C” equals stainless steel base plate.
(4) Use this part number if ordering base plate separately. Minimum quantities may apply.
(5) Base plate is carbon steel, zinc plated per ASTM B633, SC1, Type III.
Type Plate Plate Mounting Base Finish
(6) Base plate is 300 series stainless steel, passivated and/or tested per ASTM A380.
Material Thickness Hole “X” Plate Code
Code (3) Code Code Outside (for steel)
Dia. Code
Dimple
Types shown in bold italics can be installed into stainless steel base plates. Other types are not recommended for installation into stainless
steel base plates.
Special
Configurations
Available
* Other fasteners, base plate configurations and assemblies are available on special order. For questions, please contact our global technical support
team using the contact information listed at the bottom of this page. Appropriate minimum quantities may apply.
WN™
SELF-LOCATING
PROJECTION WELD NUTS
SELF-LOCATING PROJECTION WELD NUTS
PEM® brand WN™/WNS™ weld nuts are designed to be welded onto another metal surface into properly sized holes.
The PEM® weld nut design helps overcome many problems associated with other welded nuts:
• Engineered projections
– Prevent burn-outs in thin sheets
– Help keep the nut from warping while welding in high current
• Round head design
– Eliminates tedious time-consuming indexing Round head
– Speeds production using standard equipment
– Compact design fits on narrow flanges
Self-locating shank Engineered projections
• Self-locating shank
– Eliminates the need for complex electrodes with pilots
– Properly positions weld nuts
– Protects threads from weld spatter
A variety of welding equipment is suitable for installation of PEM® weld nuts. Best results have been obtained with a
50KVA press-type, spot-welding machine whose upper welding head moves vertically in a straight line with the lower
electrode. Flat-faced electrodes with tip diameters .125” / 3.2 mm larger than the “E” dimension of the PEM® weld nut
should be used.
PEM® weld nuts are available in steel (WN™) or stainless steel (WNS™). Stainless steel nuts offer the added advantage
of corrosion resistance.
“PEM” Stamp
(Registered Fastener drawings
Trademark) and models are
available at
www.pemnet.com
INSTALLATION
1. With a PEM® weld nut inserted in the properly sized hole (see above), bring the electrode force up sufficiently to clamp the projections of
the fastener firmly against the sheet without embedding any portion of the projections. Be sure the electrodes are centered, and that the
electrode faces are flat so that the force is applied evenly to all three projections.
2. Set the current or heat regulator on the low side and adjust along with the weld time until a good weld is produced. For mild steel, which
has a medium electrical resistance, there is a wide range of adjustments possible. For austenitic stainless steel, which has a high electrical
resistance, the range is narrow at low heat.
3. Adjust squeeze time so that there is adequate time for the electrodes to close and develop proper forces (suggested initial setting 35
cycles). The weld period should be established by starting with the settings suggested in the tables on page 4. As indicated above for
current adjustments, a wide range of time is possible with mild steel, but there is a limited range with stainless steel. If weld time starts too
soon, and proper welding is not achieved, the squeeze time should be lengthened. Also, the electrodes should be moved closer together
so that they require less travel time to close on the work. Longer squeeze times will have no effect on the quality of the weld. However,
they do affect productivity and decrease the number of weld nuts that can be installed per hour. Hold time is set long enough to permit
cooling and solidification of the weld before removing the electrodes. Start with 15 cycles and lengthen if necessary.
UNIFIED
UNIFIED
632 640 22 N/A N/A 632 450-500 17,000 6 / 0.10 N/A N/A N/A
WN 832 760 33 N/A N/A WN 832 450-500 17,000 6 / 0.10 N/A N/A N/A
032 880 56 N/A N/A 032 500-550 18,000 10 / 0.17 N/A N/A N/A
0420 1000 185 N/A N/A 0420 550-600 20,000 10 / 0.17 N/A N/A N/A
440 N/A N/A 680 13 440 N/A N/A N/A 450-500 16,500 6 / 0.10
632 N/A N/A 800 28 632 N/A N/A N/A 450-500 16,500 6 / 0.10
WNS 832 N/A N/A 850 45 WNS 832 N/A N/A N/A 500-550 16,500 6 / 0.10
032 N/A N/A 900 110 032 N/A N/A N/A 550-600 18,500 6 / 0.10
0420 N/A N/A 1000 200 0420 N/A N/A N/A 650-700 20,000 6 / 0.10
METRIC
M3 2220 1.4 N/A N/A M3 2000-2220 17,000 6 / 0.10 N/A N/A N/A
M4 3380 3.7 N/A N/A M4 2000-2220 17,000 6 / 0.10 N/A N/A N/A
WN WN
M5 3910 6.3 N/A N/A M5 2220-2440 18,000 10 / 0.17 N/A N/A N/A
M6 4445 20.9 N/A N/A M6 2440-2670 20,000 10 / 0.17 N/A N/A N/A
M3 N/A N/A 3020 1.4 M3 N/A N/A N/A 2000-2220 16,500 6 / 0.10
M4 N/A N/A 3780 5 M4 N/A N/A N/A 2220-2440 16,500 6 / 0.10
WNS WNS
M5 N/A N/A 4000 12.4 M5 N/A N/A N/A 2440-2670 18,500 6 / 0.10
M6 N/A N/A 4445 22.5 M6 N/A N/A N/A 2890-3110 20,000 6 / 0.10
Axial Strength and Mating Screw Recommended Tightening Torque data is available at: www.pemnet.com/design_info/tightening-torque/
If installed threads are distorted, one or more of the following may be the cause:
1) Weld time too long. 2) Current too high. 3) Ram pressure too high.
Should it be impossible to produce a proper weld because weld time starts before electrodes close on the work, shorten the gap between the electrodes
so that they take less time to move into position and/or lengthen the squeeze time.
North America: Danboro, Pennsylvania USA • E-mail: [email protected] • Tel: +1-215-766-8853 • 800-237-4736 (USA)
Europe: Galway, Ireland • E-mail: [email protected] • Tel: +353-91-751714
Asia/Pacific: Singapore • E-mail: [email protected] • Tel: +65-6-745-0660
Shanghai, China • E-mail: [email protected] • Tel: +86-21-5868-3688
Visit our PEMNET™ Resource Center at www.pemnet.com • Technical support e-mail: [email protected]
Revised 10/22/21